From bae9f6d2fd5eb5bc80929bd393932b23f14d7c93 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jake Champlin Date: Tue, 6 Jun 2017 12:40:07 -0400 Subject: Initial transfer of provider code --- vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go | 19245 +++++++++++++++++++ .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/bucket_location.go | 106 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/content_md5.go | 36 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/customizations.go | 46 + vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc.go | 78 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc_custom.go | 109 + .../github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go | 48 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go | 162 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers.go | 8 + .../service/s3/platform_handlers_go1.6.go | 28 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go | 93 + vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/sse.go | 44 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/statusok_error.go | 35 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/unmarshal_error.go | 103 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go | 214 + .../github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go | 2365 +++ .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go | 12 + .../github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go | 124 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go | 73 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go | 93 + 20 files changed, 23022 insertions(+) create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/bucket_location.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/content_md5.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/customizations.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc_custom.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers_go1.6.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/sse.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/statusok_error.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/unmarshal_error.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go (limited to 'vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service') diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52ac02c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,19245 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package s3 + +import ( + "fmt" + "io" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml" +) + +const opAbortMultipartUpload = "AbortMultipartUpload" + +// AbortMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the AbortMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the AbortMultipartUpload method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the AbortMultipartUploadRequest method. +// req, resp := client.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload +func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opAbortMultipartUpload, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &AbortMultipartUploadInput{} + } + + output = &AbortMultipartUploadOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Aborts a multipart upload. +// +// To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for +// the part storage, you should call the List Parts operation and ensure the +// parts list is empty. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchUpload "NoSuchUpload" +// The specified multipart upload does not exist. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload +func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUpload(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// AbortMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as AbortMultipartUpload with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See AbortMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AbortMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCompleteMultipartUpload = "CompleteMultipartUpload" + +// CompleteMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CompleteMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the CompleteMultipartUpload method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the CompleteMultipartUploadRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload +func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCompleteMultipartUpload, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CompleteMultipartUploadInput{} + } + + output = &CompleteMultipartUploadOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CompleteMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload +func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUpload(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CompleteMultipartUpload with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CompleteMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCopyObject = "CopyObject" + +// CopyObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CopyObject operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See CopyObject for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the CopyObject method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the CopyObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CopyObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject +func (c *S3) CopyObjectRequest(input *CopyObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCopyObject, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CopyObjectInput{} + } + + output = &CopyObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CopyObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation CopyObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError "ObjectNotInActiveTierError" +// The source object of the COPY operation is not in the active tier and is +// only stored in Amazon Glacier. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject +func (c *S3) CopyObject(input *CopyObjectInput) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CopyObjectWithContext is the same as CopyObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CopyObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) CopyObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateBucket = "CreateBucket" + +// CreateBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateBucket operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See CreateBucket for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the CreateBucket method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateBucketRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateBucketRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket +func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBucketOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateBucket, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateBucketInput{} + } + + output = &CreateBucketOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Creates a new bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation CreateBucket for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists "BucketAlreadyExists" +// The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared +// by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again. +// +// * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket +func (c *S3) CreateBucket(input *CreateBucketInput) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateBucketWithContext is the same as CreateBucket with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateBucket for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) CreateBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateMultipartUpload = "CreateMultipartUpload" + +// CreateMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See CreateMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the CreateMultipartUpload method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateMultipartUploadRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload +func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateMultipartUpload, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?uploads", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateMultipartUploadInput{} + } + + output = &CreateMultipartUploadOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. +// +// Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you +// must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged +// for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort +// multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging +// you for the parts storage. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation CreateMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload +func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUpload(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CreateMultipartUpload with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucket = "DeleteBucket" + +// DeleteBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucket operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DeleteBucket for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucket method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketRequest(input *DeleteBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucket, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes the bucket. All objects (including all object versions and Delete +// Markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucket for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket +func (c *S3) DeleteBucket(input *DeleteBucketInput) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketWithContext is the same as DeleteBucket with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucket for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration" + +// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics +// configuration ID). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketCors = "DeleteBucketCors" + +// DeleteBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketCors operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DeleteBucketCors for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketCors method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketCorsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketCorsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketCors, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketCorsInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketCorsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketCors for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCors(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketCorsWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketCors with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration = "DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration" + +// DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from +// the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketLifecycle = "DeleteBucketLifecycle" + +// DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DeleteBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketLifecycle method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketLifecycle, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketLifecycleInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycle(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketLifecycle with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration" + +// DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) +// from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketPolicy = "DeleteBucketPolicy" + +// DeleteBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DeleteBucketPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketPolicy method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketPolicyRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketPolicy, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketPolicyInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketPolicyOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes the policy from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketPolicy for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicy(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketPolicy with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketReplication = "DeleteBucketReplication" + +// DeleteBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketReplication operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DeleteBucketReplication for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketReplication method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketReplicationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketReplication, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketReplicationInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketReplicationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketReplication for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplication(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketReplication with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketTagging = "DeleteBucketTagging" + +// DeleteBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketTagging operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DeleteBucketTagging for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketTagging method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketTaggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketTagging, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketTaggingInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketTaggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes the tags from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketTagging for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTagging(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketTagging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketWebsite = "DeleteBucketWebsite" + +// DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DeleteBucketWebsite for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketWebsite method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketWebsite, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketWebsiteInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// This operation removes the website configuration from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketWebsite for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsite(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketWebsite with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteObject = "DeleteObject" + +// DeleteObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteObject operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DeleteObject for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DeleteObject method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectRequest(input *DeleteObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteObject, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteObjectInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete +// marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a +// null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteObject for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject +func (c *S3) DeleteObject(input *DeleteObjectInput) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteObjectWithContext is the same as DeleteObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteObjectTagging = "DeleteObjectTagging" + +// DeleteObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteObjectTagging operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DeleteObjectTagging for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DeleteObjectTagging method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectTaggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteObjectTagging, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteObjectTaggingInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteObjectTaggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Removes the tag-set from an existing object. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteObjectTagging for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTagging(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteObjectTagging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteObjects = "DeleteObjects" + +// DeleteObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteObjects operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DeleteObjects for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DeleteObjects method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteObjectsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsRequest(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteObjects, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?delete", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteObjectsInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteObjectsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using +// a single HTTP request. You may specify up to 1000 keys. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteObjects for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects +func (c *S3) DeleteObjects(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteObjectsWithContext is the same as DeleteObjects with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteObjects for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration" + +// GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?accelerate", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the accelerate configuration of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketAcl = "GetBucketAcl" + +// GetBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketAcl operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketAcl for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketAcl method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAclRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketAclRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl +func (c *S3) GetBucketAclRequest(input *GetBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAclOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketAcl, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?acl", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketAclInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketAclOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Gets the access control policy for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketAcl for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl +func (c *S3) GetBucketAcl(input *GetBucketAclInput) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketAclWithContext is the same as GetBucketAcl with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration" + +// GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Gets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics +// configuration ID). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketCors = "GetBucketCors" + +// GetBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketCors operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketCors for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketCors method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketCorsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketCorsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors +func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsRequest(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketCorsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketCors, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketCorsInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketCorsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the cors configuration for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketCors for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors +func (c *S3) GetBucketCors(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketCorsWithContext is the same as GetBucketCors with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration = "GetBucketInventoryConfiguration" + +// GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from +// the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketLifecycle = "GetBucketLifecycle" + +// GetBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketLifecycle method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle +func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) { + if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { + c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated") + } + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketLifecycle, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketLifecycleInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketLifecycleOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deprecated, see the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle +func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycle(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycle with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration" + +// GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketLocation = "GetBucketLocation" + +// GetBucketLocationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketLocation operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketLocation for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketLocation method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLocationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketLocationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation +func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationRequest(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLocationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketLocation, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?location", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketLocationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketLocationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketLocation API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the region the bucket resides in. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketLocation for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation +func (c *S3) GetBucketLocation(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketLocationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLocation with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketLocation for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLocationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketLogging = "GetBucketLogging" + +// GetBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketLogging operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketLogging for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketLogging method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLoggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketLoggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging +func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingRequest(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLoggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketLogging, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?logging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketLoggingInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketLoggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to +// view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketLogging for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging +func (c *S3) GetBucketLogging(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketLogging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration = "GetBucketMetricsConfiguration" + +// GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) +// from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketNotification = "GetBucketNotification" + +// GetBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketNotification operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketNotification for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketNotification method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification +func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) { + if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { + c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketNotification, has been deprecated") + } + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketNotification, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{} + } + + output = &NotificationConfigurationDeprecated{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deprecated, see the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketNotification for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification +func (c *S3) GetBucketNotification(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotification with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration = "GetBucketNotificationConfiguration" + +// GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfiguration) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{} + } + + output = &NotificationConfiguration{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketPolicy = "GetBucketPolicy" + +// GetBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketPolicy method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy +func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketPolicy, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketPolicyInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketPolicyOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the policy of a specified bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketPolicy for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy +func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicy(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicy with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketReplication = "GetBucketReplication" + +// GetBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketReplication operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketReplication for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketReplication method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketReplicationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketReplicationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication +func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationRequest(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketReplicationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketReplication, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketReplicationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketReplicationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the replication configuration of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketReplication for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication +func (c *S3) GetBucketReplication(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as GetBucketReplication with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketRequestPayment = "GetBucketRequestPayment" + +// GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketRequestPayment method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment +func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketRequestPayment, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?requestPayment", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketRequestPaymentInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment +func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPayment(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as GetBucketRequestPayment with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketTagging = "GetBucketTagging" + +// GetBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketTagging operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketTagging for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketTagging method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketTaggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketTaggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging +func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingRequest(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketTaggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketTagging, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketTaggingInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketTaggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the tag set associated with the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketTagging for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging +func (c *S3) GetBucketTagging(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketTagging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketVersioning = "GetBucketVersioning" + +// GetBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketVersioning for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketVersioning method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketVersioningRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketVersioningRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning +func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningRequest(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketVersioningOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketVersioning, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versioning", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketVersioningInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketVersioningOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the versioning state of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketVersioning for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning +func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioning(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as GetBucketVersioning with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketWebsite = "GetBucketWebsite" + +// GetBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetBucketWebsite for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketWebsite method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketWebsiteRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite +func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketWebsite, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketWebsiteInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketWebsiteOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the website configuration for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketWebsite for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite +func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsite(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as GetBucketWebsite with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetObject = "GetObject" + +// GetObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetObject operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetObject for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetObject method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject +func (c *S3) GetObjectRequest(input *GetObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetObject, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetObjectInput{} + } + + output = &GetObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" +// The specified key does not exist. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject +func (c *S3) GetObject(input *GetObjectInput) (*GetObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetObjectWithContext is the same as GetObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetObjectAcl = "GetObjectAcl" + +// GetObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetObjectAcl operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetObjectAcl for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetObjectAcl method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectAclRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetObjectAclRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl +func (c *S3) GetObjectAclRequest(input *GetObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectAclOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetObjectAcl, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetObjectAclInput{} + } + + output = &GetObjectAclOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetObjectAcl for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" +// The specified key does not exist. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl +func (c *S3) GetObjectAcl(input *GetObjectAclInput) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetObjectAclWithContext is the same as GetObjectAcl with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetObjectTagging = "GetObjectTagging" + +// GetObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetObjectTagging operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetObjectTagging for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetObjectTagging method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTaggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetObjectTaggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging +func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingRequest(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTaggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetObjectTagging, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetObjectTaggingInput{} + } + + output = &GetObjectTaggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the tag-set of an object. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetObjectTagging for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging +func (c *S3) GetObjectTagging(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as GetObjectTagging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetObjectTorrent = "GetObjectTorrent" + +// GetObjectTorrentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetObjectTorrent operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetObjectTorrent for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetObjectTorrent method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTorrentRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetObjectTorrentRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent +func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentRequest(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTorrentOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetObjectTorrent, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?torrent", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetObjectTorrentInput{} + } + + output = &GetObjectTorrentOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetObjectTorrent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Return torrent files from a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetObjectTorrent for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent +func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrent(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetObjectTorrentWithContext is the same as GetObjectTorrent with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetObjectTorrent for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTorrentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opHeadBucket = "HeadBucket" + +// HeadBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the HeadBucket operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See HeadBucket for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the HeadBucket method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the HeadBucketRequest method. +// req, resp := client.HeadBucketRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket +func (c *S3) HeadBucketRequest(input *HeadBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadBucketOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opHeadBucket, + HTTPMethod: "HEAD", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &HeadBucketInput{} + } + + output = &HeadBucketOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// HeadBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// This operation is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission +// to access it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation HeadBucket for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" +// The specified bucket does not exist. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket +func (c *S3) HeadBucket(input *HeadBucketInput) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) { + req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// HeadBucketWithContext is the same as HeadBucket with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See HeadBucket for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) HeadBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) { + req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opHeadObject = "HeadObject" + +// HeadObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the HeadObject operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See HeadObject for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the HeadObject method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the HeadObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.HeadObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject +func (c *S3) HeadObjectRequest(input *HeadObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opHeadObject, + HTTPMethod: "HEAD", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &HeadObjectInput{} + } + + output = &HeadObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// HeadObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the +// object itself. This operation is useful if you're only interested in an object's +// metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object. +// +// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#RESTErrorResponses +// for more information on returned errors. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation HeadObject for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject +func (c *S3) HeadObject(input *HeadObjectInput) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// HeadObjectWithContext is the same as HeadObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See HeadObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) HeadObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations = "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations" + +// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations +func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput{} + } + + output = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations +func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListBucketInventoryConfigurations = "ListBucketInventoryConfigurations" + +// ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations +func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListBucketInventoryConfigurations, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput{} + } + + output = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListBucketInventoryConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations +func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurations(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketInventoryConfigurations with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListBucketMetricsConfigurations = "ListBucketMetricsConfigurations" + +// ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations +func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListBucketMetricsConfigurations, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput{} + } + + output = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListBucketMetricsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations +func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurations(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketMetricsConfigurations with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListBuckets = "ListBuckets" + +// ListBucketsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListBuckets operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See ListBuckets for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the ListBuckets method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListBucketsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets +func (c *S3) ListBucketsRequest(input *ListBucketsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListBuckets, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListBucketsInput{} + } + + output = &ListBucketsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListBuckets API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListBuckets for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets +func (c *S3) ListBuckets(input *ListBucketsInput) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListBucketsWithContext is the same as ListBuckets with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListBuckets for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListBucketsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListMultipartUploads = "ListMultipartUploads" + +// ListMultipartUploadsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListMultipartUploads operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the ListMultipartUploads method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListMultipartUploadsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads +func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListMultipartUploads, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?uploads", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"KeyMarker", "UploadIdMarker"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextUploadIdMarker"}, + LimitToken: "MaxUploads", + TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListMultipartUploadsInput{} + } + + output = &ListMultipartUploadsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads +func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploads(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListMultipartUploadsWithContext is the same as ListMultipartUploads with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListMultipartUploads for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListMultipartUploadsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListMultipartUploads method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListMultipartUploadsPages(params, +// func(page *ListMultipartUploadsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPages(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext same as ListMultipartUploadsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListMultipartUploadsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opListObjectVersions = "ListObjectVersions" + +// ListObjectVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListObjectVersions operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See ListObjectVersions for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the ListObjectVersions method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListObjectVersionsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListObjectVersionsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions +func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsRequest(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectVersionsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListObjectVersions, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versions", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"KeyMarker", "VersionIdMarker"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextVersionIdMarker"}, + LimitToken: "MaxKeys", + TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListObjectVersionsInput{} + } + + output = &ListObjectVersionsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListObjectVersions API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns metadata about all of the versions of objects in a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListObjectVersions for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions +func (c *S3) ListObjectVersions(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListObjectVersionsWithContext is the same as ListObjectVersions with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListObjectVersions for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListObjectVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectVersions operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListObjectVersions method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectVersions operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListObjectVersionsPages(params, +// func(page *ListObjectVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPages(input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectVersionsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListObjectVersionsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opListObjects = "ListObjects" + +// ListObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListObjects operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See ListObjects for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the ListObjects method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListObjectsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects +func (c *S3) ListObjectsRequest(input *ListObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListObjects, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextMarker || Contents[-1].Key"}, + LimitToken: "MaxKeys", + TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListObjectsInput{} + } + + output = &ListObjectsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use +// the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects +// in a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListObjects for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" +// The specified bucket does not exist. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects +func (c *S3) ListObjects(input *ListObjectsInput) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListObjectsWithContext is the same as ListObjects with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListObjects for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListObjectsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjects operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListObjects method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjects operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListObjectsPages(params, +// func(page *ListObjectsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *S3) ListObjectsPages(input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListObjectsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListObjectsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListObjectsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListObjectsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListObjectsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opListObjectsV2 = "ListObjectsV2" + +// ListObjectsV2Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListObjectsV2 operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See ListObjectsV2 for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the ListObjectsV2 method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsV2Request method. +// req, resp := client.ListObjectsV2Request(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2 +func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Request(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsV2Output) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListObjectsV2, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?list-type=2", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"ContinuationToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextContinuationToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxKeys", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListObjectsV2Input{} + } + + output = &ListObjectsV2Output{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListObjectsV2 API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use +// the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects +// in a bucket. Note: ListObjectsV2 is the revised List Objects API and we recommend +// you use this revised API for new application development. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListObjectsV2 for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" +// The specified bucket does not exist. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2 +func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) { + req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListObjectsV2WithContext is the same as ListObjectsV2 with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListObjectsV2 for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) { + req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListObjectsV2Pages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListObjectsV2 method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListObjectsV2Pages(params, +// func(page *ListObjectsV2Output, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Pages(input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext same as ListObjectsV2Pages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListObjectsV2Input + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListObjectsV2Request(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsV2Output), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opListParts = "ListParts" + +// ListPartsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListParts operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See ListParts for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the ListParts method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListPartsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListPartsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts +func (c *S3) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPartsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListParts, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"PartNumberMarker"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextPartNumberMarker"}, + LimitToken: "MaxParts", + TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListPartsInput{} + } + + output = &ListPartsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListParts API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListParts for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts +func (c *S3) ListParts(input *ListPartsInput) (*ListPartsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListPartsWithContext is the same as ListParts with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListParts for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListPartsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPartsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListPartsPages iterates over the pages of a ListParts operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListParts method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListParts operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListPartsPages(params, +// func(page *ListPartsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *S3) ListPartsPages(input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListPartsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListPartsPagesWithContext same as ListPartsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListPartsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListPartsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListPartsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListPartsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration" + +// PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?accelerate", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketAcl = "PutBucketAcl" + +// PutBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketAcl operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketAcl for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketAcl method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAclRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketAclRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl +func (c *S3) PutBucketAclRequest(input *PutBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAclOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketAcl, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?acl", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketAclInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketAclOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the permissions on a bucket using access control lists (ACL). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketAcl for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl +func (c *S3) PutBucketAcl(input *PutBucketAclInput) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketAclWithContext is the same as PutBucketAcl with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration" + +// PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics +// configuration ID). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketCors = "PutBucketCors" + +// PutBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketCors operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketCors for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketCors method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketCorsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketCorsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors +func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsRequest(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketCorsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketCors, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketCorsInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketCorsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the cors configuration for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketCors for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors +func (c *S3) PutBucketCors(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketCorsWithContext is the same as PutBucketCors with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration = "PutBucketInventoryConfiguration" + +// PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the +// bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketLifecycle = "PutBucketLifecycle" + +// PutBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketLifecycle method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle +func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleOutput) { + if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { + c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated") + } + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketLifecycle, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketLifecycleInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketLifecycleOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deprecated, see the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle +func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycle(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycle with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration" + +// PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets lifecycle configuration for your bucket. If a lifecycle configuration +// exists, it replaces it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketLogging = "PutBucketLogging" + +// PutBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketLogging operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketLogging for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketLogging method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLoggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketLoggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging +func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingRequest(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLoggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketLogging, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?logging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketLoggingInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketLoggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who +// can view and modify the logging parameters. To set the logging status of +// a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketLogging for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging +func (c *S3) PutBucketLogging(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketLogging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration = "PutBucketMetricsConfiguration" + +// PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) +// for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketNotification = "PutBucketNotification" + +// PutBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketNotification operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketNotification for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketNotification method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification +func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationOutput) { + if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { + c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketNotification, has been deprecated") + } + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketNotification, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketNotificationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketNotificationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deprecated, see the PutBucketNotificationConfiguraiton operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketNotification for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification +func (c *S3) PutBucketNotification(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotification with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration = "PutBucketNotificationConfiguration" + +// PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketPolicy = "PutBucketPolicy" + +// PutBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketPolicy method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketPolicyRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketPolicyRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy +func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyRequest(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketPolicyOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketPolicy, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketPolicyInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketPolicyOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Replaces a policy on a bucket. If the bucket already has a policy, the one +// in this request completely replaces it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketPolicy for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy +func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicy(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as PutBucketPolicy with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketReplication = "PutBucketReplication" + +// PutBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketReplication operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketReplication for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketReplication method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketReplicationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketReplicationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication +func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationRequest(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketReplicationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketReplication, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketReplicationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketReplicationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Creates a new replication configuration (or replaces an existing one, if +// present). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketReplication for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication +func (c *S3) PutBucketReplication(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as PutBucketReplication with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketRequestPayment = "PutBucketRequestPayment" + +// PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketRequestPayment method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment +func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketRequestPayment, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?requestPayment", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketRequestPaymentInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket +// owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables +// the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download +// will be charged for the download. Documentation on requester pays buckets +// can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment +func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPayment(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as PutBucketRequestPayment with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketTagging = "PutBucketTagging" + +// PutBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketTagging operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketTagging for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketTagging method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketTaggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketTaggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging +func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingRequest(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketTaggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketTagging, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketTaggingInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketTaggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the tags for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketTagging for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging +func (c *S3) PutBucketTagging(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketTagging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketVersioning = "PutBucketVersioning" + +// PutBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketVersioning for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketVersioning method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketVersioningRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketVersioningRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning +func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningRequest(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketVersioningOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketVersioning, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versioning", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketVersioningInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketVersioningOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state, +// you must be the bucket owner. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketVersioning for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning +func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioning(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as PutBucketVersioning with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketWebsite = "PutBucketWebsite" + +// PutBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutBucketWebsite for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketWebsite method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketWebsiteRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite +func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketWebsiteOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketWebsite, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketWebsiteInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketWebsiteOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Set the website configuration for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketWebsite for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite +func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsite(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as PutBucketWebsite with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutObject = "PutObject" + +// PutObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutObject operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutObject for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutObject method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject +func (c *S3) PutObjectRequest(input *PutObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutObject, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutObjectInput{} + } + + output = &PutObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// PutObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Adds an object to a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutObject for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject +func (c *S3) PutObject(input *PutObjectInput) (*PutObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutObjectWithContext is the same as PutObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutObjectAcl = "PutObjectAcl" + +// PutObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutObjectAcl operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutObjectAcl for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutObjectAcl method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectAclRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutObjectAclRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl +func (c *S3) PutObjectAclRequest(input *PutObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectAclOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutObjectAcl, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutObjectAclInput{} + } + + output = &PutObjectAclOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// PutObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions +// for an object that already exists in a bucket +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutObjectAcl for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" +// The specified key does not exist. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl +func (c *S3) PutObjectAcl(input *PutObjectAclInput) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutObjectAclWithContext is the same as PutObjectAcl with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutObjectTagging = "PutObjectTagging" + +// PutObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutObjectTagging operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See PutObjectTagging for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the PutObjectTagging method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectTaggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutObjectTaggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging +func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingRequest(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectTaggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutObjectTagging, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutObjectTaggingInput{} + } + + output = &PutObjectTaggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// PutObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutObjectTagging for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging +func (c *S3) PutObjectTagging(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as PutObjectTagging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opRestoreObject = "RestoreObject" + +// RestoreObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the RestoreObject operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See RestoreObject for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the RestoreObject method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the RestoreObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.RestoreObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject +func (c *S3) RestoreObjectRequest(input *RestoreObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opRestoreObject, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?restore", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &RestoreObjectInput{} + } + + output = &RestoreObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// RestoreObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation RestoreObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError" +// This operation is not allowed against this storage tier +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject +func (c *S3) RestoreObject(input *RestoreObjectInput) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// RestoreObjectWithContext is the same as RestoreObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See RestoreObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) RestoreObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUploadPart = "UploadPart" + +// UploadPartRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UploadPart operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See UploadPart for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the UploadPart method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the UploadPartRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UploadPartRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart +func (c *S3) UploadPartRequest(input *UploadPartInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUploadPart, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UploadPartInput{} + } + + output = &UploadPartOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UploadPart API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Uploads a part in a multipart upload. +// +// Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you +// must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged +// for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort +// multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging +// you for the parts storage. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation UploadPart for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart +func (c *S3) UploadPart(input *UploadPartInput) (*UploadPartOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UploadPartWithContext is the same as UploadPart with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UploadPart for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) UploadPartWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUploadPartCopy = "UploadPartCopy" + +// UploadPartCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UploadPartCopy operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See UploadPartCopy for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the UploadPartCopy method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the UploadPartCopyRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UploadPartCopyRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy +func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyRequest(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartCopyOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUploadPartCopy, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UploadPartCopyInput{} + } + + output = &UploadPartCopyOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UploadPartCopy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation UploadPartCopy for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy +func (c *S3) UploadPartCopy(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UploadPartCopyWithContext is the same as UploadPartCopy with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UploadPartCopy for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartCopyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload +// that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload +type AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Indicates the number of days that must pass since initiation for Lifecycle + // to abort an Incomplete Multipart Upload. + DaysAfterInitiation *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDaysAfterInitiation sets the DaysAfterInitiation field's value. +func (s *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) SetDaysAfterInitiation(v int64) *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload { + s.DaysAfterInitiation = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUploadRequest +type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // UploadId is a required field + UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AbortMultipartUploadInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.UploadId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUploadOutput +type AbortMultipartUploadOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AccelerateConfiguration +type AccelerateConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The accelerate configuration of the bucket. + Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AccelerateConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AccelerateConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *AccelerateConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *AccelerateConfiguration { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AccessControlPolicy +type AccessControlPolicy struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of grants. + Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AccessControlPolicy) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AccessControlPolicy) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AccessControlPolicy) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlPolicy"} + if s.Grants != nil { + for i, v := range s.Grants { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Grants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value. +func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *AccessControlPolicy { + s.Grants = v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetOwner(v *Owner) *AccessControlPolicy { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AnalyticsAndOperator +type AnalyticsAndOperator struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The prefix to use when evaluating an AND predicate. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of tags to use when evaluating an AND predicate. + Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsAndOperator"} + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsAndOperator { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AnalyticsAndOperator { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AnalyticsConfiguration +type AnalyticsConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must + // have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). + // If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis. + Filter *AnalyticsFilter `type:"structure"` + + // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // If present, it indicates that data related to access patterns will be collected + // and made available to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes. + // + // StorageClassAnalysis is a required field + StorageClassAnalysis *StorageClassAnalysis `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsConfiguration"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.StorageClassAnalysis == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StorageClassAnalysis")) + } + if s.Filter != nil { + if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.StorageClassAnalysis != nil { + if err := s.StorageClassAnalysis.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("StorageClassAnalysis", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *AnalyticsFilter) *AnalyticsConfiguration { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *AnalyticsConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClassAnalysis sets the StorageClassAnalysis field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetStorageClassAnalysis(v *StorageClassAnalysis) *AnalyticsConfiguration { + s.StorageClassAnalysis = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AnalyticsExportDestination +type AnalyticsExportDestination struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A destination signifying output to an S3 bucket. + // + // S3BucketDestination is a required field + S3BucketDestination *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsExportDestination"} + if s.S3BucketDestination == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination")) + } + if s.S3BucketDestination != nil { + if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) *AnalyticsExportDestination { + s.S3BucketDestination = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AnalyticsFilter +type AnalyticsFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating an + // analytics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates. + And *AnalyticsAndOperator `type:"structure"` + + // The prefix to use when evaluating an analytics filter. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // The tag to use when evaluating an analytics filter. + Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AnalyticsFilter) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsFilter"} + if s.And != nil { + if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Tag != nil { + if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAnd sets the And field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetAnd(v *AnalyticsAndOperator) *AnalyticsFilter { + s.And = v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsFilter { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTag sets the Tag field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *AnalyticsFilter { + s.Tag = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AnalyticsS3BucketDestination +type AnalyticsS3BucketDestination struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket to which data is exported. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The account ID that owns the destination bucket. If no account ID is provided, + // the owner will not be validated prior to exporting data. + BucketAccountId *string `type:"string"` + + // The file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3. + // + // Format is a required field + Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat"` + + // The prefix to use when exporting data. The exported data begins with this + // prefix. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsS3BucketDestination"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Format == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucketAccountId sets the BucketAccountId field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucketAccountId(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { + s.BucketAccountId = &v + return s +} + +// SetFormat sets the Format field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { + s.Format = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Bucket +type Bucket struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Date the bucket was created. + CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` + + // The name of the bucket. + Name *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Bucket) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Bucket) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value. +func (s *Bucket) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *Bucket { + s.CreationDate = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Bucket) SetName(v string) *Bucket { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/BucketLifecycleConfiguration +type BucketLifecycleConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Rules is a required field + Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLifecycleConfiguration"} + if s.Rules == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) + } + if s.Rules != nil { + for i, v := range s.Rules { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetRules sets the Rules field's value. +func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *BucketLifecycleConfiguration { + s.Rules = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/BucketLoggingStatus +type BucketLoggingStatus struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BucketLoggingStatus) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BucketLoggingStatus) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLoggingStatus"} + if s.LoggingEnabled != nil { + if err := s.LoggingEnabled.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("LoggingEnabled", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value. +func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *BucketLoggingStatus { + s.LoggingEnabled = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CORSConfiguration +type CORSConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // CORSRules is a required field + CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CORSConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CORSConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CORSConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSConfiguration"} + if s.CORSRules == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSRules")) + } + if s.CORSRules != nil { + for i, v := range s.CORSRules { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CORSRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value. +func (s *CORSConfiguration) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *CORSConfiguration { + s.CORSRules = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CORSRule +type CORSRule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies which headers are allowed in a pre-flight OPTIONS request. + AllowedHeaders []*string `locationName:"AllowedHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Identifies HTTP methods that the domain/origin specified in the rule is allowed + // to execute. + // + // AllowedMethods is a required field + AllowedMethods []*string `locationName:"AllowedMethod" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` + + // One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from. + // + // AllowedOrigins is a required field + AllowedOrigins []*string `locationName:"AllowedOrigin" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` + + // One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to + // access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest + // object). + ExposeHeaders []*string `locationName:"ExposeHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response + // for the specified resource. + MaxAgeSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CORSRule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CORSRule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CORSRule) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSRule"} + if s.AllowedMethods == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedMethods")) + } + if s.AllowedOrigins == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedOrigins")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAllowedHeaders sets the AllowedHeaders field's value. +func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule { + s.AllowedHeaders = v + return s +} + +// SetAllowedMethods sets the AllowedMethods field's value. +func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedMethods(v []*string) *CORSRule { + s.AllowedMethods = v + return s +} + +// SetAllowedOrigins sets the AllowedOrigins field's value. +func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedOrigins(v []*string) *CORSRule { + s.AllowedOrigins = v + return s +} + +// SetExposeHeaders sets the ExposeHeaders field's value. +func (s *CORSRule) SetExposeHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule { + s.ExposeHeaders = v + return s +} + +// SetMaxAgeSeconds sets the MaxAgeSeconds field's value. +func (s *CORSRule) SetMaxAgeSeconds(v int64) *CORSRule { + s.MaxAgeSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CloudFunctionConfiguration +type CloudFunctionConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + CloudFunction *string `type:"string"` + + // Bucket event for which to send notifications. + Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` + + Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + Id *string `type:"string"` + + InvocationRole *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCloudFunction sets the CloudFunction field's value. +func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetCloudFunction(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { + s.CloudFunction = &v + return s +} + +// SetEvent sets the Event field's value. +func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvent(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { + s.Event = &v + return s +} + +// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. +func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { + s.Events = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetInvocationRole sets the InvocationRole field's value. +func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetInvocationRole(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { + s.InvocationRole = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CommonPrefix +type CommonPrefix struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Prefix *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CommonPrefix) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CommonPrefix) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *CommonPrefix) SetPrefix(v string) *CommonPrefix { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUploadRequest +type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MultipartUpload"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + MultipartUpload *CompletedMultipartUpload `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUpload" type:"structure"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // UploadId is a required field + UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CompleteMultipartUploadInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.UploadId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMultipartUpload sets the MultipartUpload field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetMultipartUpload(v *CompletedMultipartUpload) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { + s.MultipartUpload = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUploadOutput +type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Bucket *string `type:"string"` + + // Entity tag of the object. + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration + // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded. + Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` + + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + Location *string `type:"string"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // Version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetETag(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.Expiration = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetLocation sets the Location field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.Location = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompletedMultipartUpload +type CompletedMultipartUpload struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Parts []*CompletedPart `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetParts sets the Parts field's value. +func (s *CompletedMultipartUpload) SetParts(v []*CompletedPart) *CompletedMultipartUpload { + s.Parts = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompletedPart +type CompletedPart struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded. + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + // Part number that identifies the part. This is a positive integer between + // 1 and 10,000. + PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CompletedPart) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CompletedPart) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *CompletedPart) SetETag(v string) *CompletedPart { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. +func (s *CompletedPart) SetPartNumber(v int64) *CompletedPart { + s.PartNumber = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Condition +type Condition struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error, + // if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied. + // Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals + // is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect + // to be applied. + HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals *string `type:"string"` + + // The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to + // redirect requests for ExamplePage.html, the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html. + // To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/, the key prefix will + // be /docs, which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when + // the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals + // is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for + // the redirect to be applied. + KeyPrefixEquals *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Condition) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Condition) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals sets the HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals field's value. +func (s *Condition) SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals(v string) *Condition { + s.HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyPrefixEquals sets the KeyPrefixEquals field's value. +func (s *Condition) SetKeyPrefixEquals(v string) *Condition { + s.KeyPrefixEquals = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObjectRequest +type CopyObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. + ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. + CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` + + // Specifies presentational information for the object. + ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` + + // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus + // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced + // by the Content-Type header field. + ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` + + // The language the content is in. + ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` + + // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. + ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` + + // The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated + // by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded. + // + // CopySource is a required field + CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. + CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"` + + // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time. + CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified + // ETag. + CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"` + + // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time. + CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (e.g., AES256). + CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt + // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one + // that was used when the source object was created. + CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. + Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. + GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata. + GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the object ACL. + GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. + GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. + Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` + + // Specifies whether the metadata is copied from the source object or replaced + // with metadata provided in the request. + MetadataDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-metadata-directive" type:"string" enum:"MetadataDirective"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT + // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL + // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported + // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'. + StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // The tag-set for the object destination object this value must be used in + // conjunction with the TaggingDirective. The tag-set must be encoded as URL + // Query parameters + Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"` + + // Specifies whether the object tag-set are copied from the source object or + // replaced with tag-set provided in the request. + TaggingDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-directive" type:"string" enum:"TaggingDirective"` + + // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object + // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores + // the value of this header in the object metadata. + WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CopyObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CopyObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyObjectInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.CopySource == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetACL sets the ACL field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.ACL = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.ContentDisposition = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.ContentEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.ContentLanguage = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySource(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySource = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { + s.Expires = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.GrantFullControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.GrantRead = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.GrantReadACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.GrantWriteACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetMetadataDirective sets the MetadataDirective field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadataDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.MetadataDirective = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.Tagging = &v + return s +} + +// SetTaggingDirective sets the TaggingDirective field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTaggingDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.TaggingDirective = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObjectOutput +type CopyObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyObjectResult"` + + CopyObjectResult *CopyObjectResult `type:"structure"` + + CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"` + + // If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header. + Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // Version ID of the newly created copy. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CopyObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CopyObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCopyObjectResult sets the CopyObjectResult field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopyObjectResult(v *CopyObjectResult) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.CopyObjectResult = v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.CopySourceVersionId = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.Expiration = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObjectResult +type CopyObjectResult struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CopyObjectResult) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CopyObjectResult) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyObjectResult { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyObjectResult { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyPartResult +type CopyPartResult struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Entity tag of the object. + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + // Date and time at which the object was uploaded. + LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CopyPartResult) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CopyPartResult) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *CopyPartResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyPartResult { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *CopyPartResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyPartResult { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucketConfiguration +type CreateBucketConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the region where the bucket will be created. If you don't specify + // a region, the bucket will be created in US Standard. + LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketConfiguration) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *CreateBucketConfiguration { + s.LocationConstraint = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucketRequest +type CreateBucketInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CreateBucketConfiguration"` + + // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. + ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + CreateBucketConfiguration *CreateBucketConfiguration `locationName:"CreateBucketConfiguration" type:"structure"` + + // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the + // bucket. + GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. + GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. + GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket. + GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. + GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateBucketInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateBucketInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBucketInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetACL sets the ACL field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.ACL = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreateBucketConfiguration sets the CreateBucketConfiguration field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetCreateBucketConfiguration(v *CreateBucketConfiguration) *CreateBucketInput { + s.CreateBucketConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.GrantFullControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.GrantRead = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.GrantReadACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.GrantWrite = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.GrantWriteACP = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucketOutput +type CreateBucketOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateBucketOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateBucketOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetLocation sets the Location field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CreateBucketOutput { + s.Location = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUploadRequest +type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. + ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. + CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` + + // Specifies presentational information for the object. + ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` + + // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus + // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced + // by the Content-Type header field. + ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` + + // The language the content is in. + ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` + + // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. + ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` + + // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. + Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. + GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata. + GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the object ACL. + GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. + GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. + Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT + // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL + // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported + // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'. + StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object + // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores + // the value of this header in the object metadata. + WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultipartUploadInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetACL sets the ACL field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.ACL = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.CacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.ContentDisposition = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.ContentEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.ContentLanguage = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentType(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.Expires = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.GrantFullControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.GrantRead = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.GrantReadACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.GrantWriteACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUploadOutput +type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle. + AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort + // operation. + AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"` + + // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + Bucket *string `locationName:"Bucket" type:"string"` + + // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // ID for the initiated multipart upload. + UploadId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.AbortDate = &v + return s +} + +// SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.AbortRuleId = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Delete +type Delete struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Objects is a required field + Objects []*ObjectIdentifier `locationName:"Object" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` + + // Element to enable quiet mode for the request. When you add this element, + // you must set its value to true. + Quiet *bool `type:"boolean"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Delete) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Delete) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Delete) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Delete"} + if s.Objects == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Objects")) + } + if s.Objects != nil { + for i, v := range s.Objects { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Objects", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetObjects sets the Objects field's value. +func (s *Delete) SetObjects(v []*ObjectIdentifier) *Delete { + s.Objects = v + return s +} + +// SetQuiet sets the Quiet field's value. +func (s *Delete) SetQuiet(v bool) *Delete { + s.Quiet = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest +type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is deleted. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput +type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCorsRequest +type DeleteBucketCorsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketCorsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketCorsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCorsOutput +type DeleteBucketCorsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketRequest +type DeleteBucketInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest +type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to delete. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput +type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest +type DeleteBucketLifecycleInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketLifecycleInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput +type DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest +type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to delete. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput +type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketOutput +type DeleteBucketOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicyRequest +type DeleteBucketPolicyInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketPolicyInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketPolicyInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicyOutput +type DeleteBucketPolicyOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplicationRequest +type DeleteBucketReplicationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketReplicationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketReplicationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplicationOutput +type DeleteBucketReplicationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTaggingRequest +type DeleteBucketTaggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketTaggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketTaggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTaggingOutput +type DeleteBucketTaggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest +type DeleteBucketWebsiteInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketWebsiteInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput +type DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteMarkerEntry +type DeleteMarkerEntry struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version + // of an object. + IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The object key. + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Date and time the object was last modified. + LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + + // Version ID of an object. + VersionId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value. +func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetIsLatest(v bool) *DeleteMarkerEntry { + s.IsLatest = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetKey(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *DeleteMarkerEntry { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetOwner(v *Owner) *DeleteMarkerEntry { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectRequest +type DeleteObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, + // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. + MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { + s.MFA = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectOutput +type DeleteObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) + // or was not (false) a delete marker. + DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE + // operation. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeleteObjectOutput { + s.DeleteMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTaggingRequest +type DeleteObjectTaggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be removed from. + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectTaggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTaggingOutput +type DeleteObjectTaggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The versionId of the object the tag-set was removed from. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectsRequest +type DeleteObjectsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Delete"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Delete is a required field + Delete *Delete `locationName:"Delete" type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, + // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. + MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Delete == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Delete")) + } + if s.Delete != nil { + if err := s.Delete.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Delete", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetDelete sets the Delete field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetDelete(v *Delete) *DeleteObjectsInput { + s.Delete = v + return s +} + +// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { + s.MFA = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectsOutput +type DeleteObjectsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Deleted []*DeletedObject `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + Errors []*Error `locationName:"Error" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDeleted sets the Deleted field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetDeleted(v []*DeletedObject) *DeleteObjectsOutput { + s.Deleted = v + return s +} + +// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetErrors(v []*Error) *DeleteObjectsOutput { + s.Errors = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectsOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletedObject +type DeletedObject struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + DeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"` + + DeleteMarkerVersionId *string `type:"string"` + + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + VersionId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeletedObject) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeletedObject) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. +func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeletedObject { + s.DeleteMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetDeleteMarkerVersionId sets the DeleteMarkerVersionId field's value. +func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarkerVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject { + s.DeleteMarkerVersionId = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *DeletedObject) SetKey(v string) *DeletedObject { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *DeletedObject) SetVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Destination +type Destination struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store + // replicas of the object identified by the rule. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Destination) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Destination) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Destination) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Destination"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *Destination) SetBucket(v string) *Destination { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *Destination) SetStorageClass(v string) *Destination { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Error +type Error struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Code *string `type:"string"` + + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + Message *string `type:"string"` + + VersionId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Error) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Error) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCode sets the Code field's value. +func (s *Error) SetCode(v string) *Error { + s.Code = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *Error) SetKey(v string) *Error { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. +func (s *Error) SetMessage(v string) *Error { + s.Message = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *Error) SetVersionId(v string) *Error { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ErrorDocument +type ErrorDocument struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ErrorDocument) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ErrorDocument) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ErrorDocument) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ErrorDocument"} + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *ErrorDocument) SetKey(v string) *ErrorDocument { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// Container for key value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/FilterRule +type FilterRule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which + // the filtering rule applies. Maximum prefix length can be up to 1,024 characters. + // Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, + // go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + Name *string `type:"string" enum:"FilterRuleName"` + + Value *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s FilterRule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s FilterRule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *FilterRule) SetName(v string) *FilterRule { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetValue sets the Value field's value. +func (s *FilterRule) SetValue(v string) *FilterRule { + s.Value = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest +type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput +type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The accelerate configuration of the bucket. + Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAclRequest +type GetBucketAclInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAclInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAclInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketAclInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAclInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAclInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAclOutput +type GetBucketAclOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of grants. + Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAclOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAclOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetBucketAclOutput { + s.Grants = v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetBucketAclOutput { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest +type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is retrieved. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput +type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"` + + // The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter. + AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput { + s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCorsRequest +type GetBucketCorsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketCorsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketCorsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketCorsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketCorsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCorsOutput +type GetBucketCorsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value. +func (s *GetBucketCorsOutput) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *GetBucketCorsOutput { + s.CORSRules = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest +type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to retrieve. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput +type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"` + + // Specifies the inventory configuration. + InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value. +func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput { + s.InventoryConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest +type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput +type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetRules sets the Rules field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput { + s.Rules = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleRequest +type GetBucketLifecycleInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleOutput +type GetBucketLifecycleOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetRules sets the Rules field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *GetBucketLifecycleOutput { + s.Rules = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocationRequest +type GetBucketLocationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLocationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLocationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLocationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLocationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocationOutput +type GetBucketLocationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLocationOutput) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *GetBucketLocationOutput { + s.LocationConstraint = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLoggingRequest +type GetBucketLoggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLoggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLoggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLoggingOutput +type GetBucketLoggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLoggingOutput) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *GetBucketLoggingOutput { + s.LoggingEnabled = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest +type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to retrieve. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput +type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"` + + // Specifies the metrics configuration. + MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value. +func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput { + s.MetricsConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest +type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the bucket to get the notification configuration for. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyRequest +type GetBucketPolicyInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketPolicyInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyOutput +type GetBucketPolicyOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"` + + // The bucket policy as a JSON document. + Policy *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *GetBucketPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetBucketPolicyOutput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplicationRequest +type GetBucketReplicationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketReplicationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketReplicationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplicationOutput +type GetBucketReplicationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"` + + // Container for replication rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules. Total + // replication configuration size can be up to 2 MB. + ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value. +func (s *GetBucketReplicationOutput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *GetBucketReplicationOutput { + s.ReplicationConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest +type GetBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketRequestPaymentInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput +type GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies who pays for the download and request fees. + Payer *string `type:"string" enum:"Payer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPayer sets the Payer field's value. +func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) SetPayer(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput { + s.Payer = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTaggingRequest +type GetBucketTaggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketTaggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketTaggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTaggingOutput +type GetBucketTaggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // TagSet is a required field + TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value. +func (s *GetBucketTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetBucketTaggingOutput { + s.TagSet = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioningRequest +type GetBucketVersioningInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketVersioningInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketVersioningInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioningOutput +type GetBucketVersioningOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. + // This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA + // delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned. + MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADeleteStatus"` + + // The versioning state of the bucket. + Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value. +func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetMFADelete(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput { + s.MFADelete = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsiteRequest +type GetBucketWebsiteInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketWebsiteInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketWebsiteInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsiteOutput +type GetBucketWebsiteOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"` + + IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"` + + RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"` + + RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value. +func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { + s.ErrorDocument = v + return s +} + +// SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value. +func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { + s.IndexDocument = v + return s +} + +// SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value. +func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { + s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v + return s +} + +// SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value. +func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { + s.RoutingRules = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAclRequest +type GetObjectAclInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectAclInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectAclInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetObjectAclInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectAclInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAclOutput +type GetObjectAclOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of grants. + Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectAclOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectAclOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetObjectAclOutput { + s.Grants = v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetObjectAclOutput { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectAclOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRequest +type GetObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified, + // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). + IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"` + + // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time, + // otherwise return a 304 (not modified). + IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one + // specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified). + IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"` + + // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time, + // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). + IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between + // 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' GET request for the part specified. + // Useful for downloading just a part of an object. + PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"` + + // Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about + // the HTTP Range header, go to http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35. + Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Sets the Cache-Control header of the response. + ResponseCacheControl *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-cache-control" type:"string"` + + // Sets the Content-Disposition header of the response + ResponseContentDisposition *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-disposition" type:"string"` + + // Sets the Content-Encoding header of the response. + ResponseContentEncoding *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-encoding" type:"string"` + + // Sets the Content-Language header of the response. + ResponseContentLanguage *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-language" type:"string"` + + // Sets the Content-Type header of the response. + ResponseContentType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-type" type:"string"` + + // Sets the Expires header of the response. + ResponseExpires *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-expires" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.IfMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput { + s.IfModifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.IfNoneMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput { + s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *GetObjectInput { + s.PartNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetRange sets the Range field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.Range = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetResponseCacheControl sets the ResponseCacheControl field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.ResponseCacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetResponseContentDisposition sets the ResponseContentDisposition field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.ResponseContentDisposition = &v + return s +} + +// SetResponseContentEncoding sets the ResponseContentEncoding field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.ResponseContentEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetResponseContentLanguage sets the ResponseContentLanguage field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.ResponseContentLanguage = &v + return s +} + +// SetResponseContentType sets the ResponseContentType field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentType(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.ResponseContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetResponseExpires sets the ResponseExpires field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseExpires(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput { + s.ResponseExpires = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectOutput +type GetObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + + AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"` + + // Object data. + Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"` + + // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. + CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` + + // Specifies presentational information for the object. + ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` + + // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus + // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced + // by the Content-Type header field. + ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` + + // The language the content is in. + ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` + + // Size of the body in bytes. + ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` + + // The portion of the object returned in the response. + ContentRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Range" type:"string"` + + // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. + ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` + + // Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete + // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. + DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` + + // An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version + // of a resource found at a URL + ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` + + // If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response + // includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key value pairs + // providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL + // encoded. + Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` + + // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. + Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"` + + // Last modified date of the object + LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. + Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` + + // This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta + // headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that + // supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, + // you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. + MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"` + + // The count of parts this object has. + PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"` + + ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time + // of the restored object copy. + Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // The number of tags, if any, on the object. + TagCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-count" type:"integer"` + + // Version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` + + // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object + // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores + // the value of this header in the object metadata. + WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.AcceptRanges = &v + return s +} + +// SetBody sets the Body field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectOutput { + s.Body = v + return s +} + +// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.CacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentDisposition = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentLanguage = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentRange sets the ContentRange field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentRange(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentRange = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *GetObjectOutput { + s.DeleteMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.Expiration = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.Expires = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { + s.MissingMeta = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { + s.PartsCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ReplicationStatus = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetRestore sets the Restore field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.Restore = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagCount sets the TagCount field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetTagCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { + s.TagCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTaggingRequest +type GetObjectTaggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTaggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTaggingOutput +type GetObjectTaggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // TagSet is a required field + TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` + + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetObjectTaggingOutput { + s.TagSet = v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrentRequest +type GetObjectTorrentInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTorrentInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrentOutput +type GetObjectTorrentOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + + Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBody sets the Body field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectTorrentOutput { + s.Body = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectTorrentOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GlacierJobParameters +type GlacierJobParameters struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Glacier retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed. + // + // Tier is a required field + Tier *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Tier"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GlacierJobParameters) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GlacierJobParameters) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GlacierJobParameters) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlacierJobParameters"} + if s.Tier == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tier")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetTier sets the Tier field's value. +func (s *GlacierJobParameters) SetTier(v string) *GlacierJobParameters { + s.Tier = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Grant +type Grant struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the permission given to the grantee. + Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"Permission"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Grant) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Grant) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Grant) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grant"} + if s.Grantee != nil { + if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value. +func (s *Grant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *Grant { + s.Grantee = v + return s +} + +// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value. +func (s *Grant) SetPermission(v string) *Grant { + s.Permission = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Grantee +type Grantee struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` + + // Screen name of the grantee. + DisplayName *string `type:"string"` + + // Email address of the grantee. + EmailAddress *string `type:"string"` + + // The canonical user ID of the grantee. + ID *string `type:"string"` + + // Type of grantee + // + // Type is a required field + Type *string `locationName:"xsi:type" type:"string" xmlAttribute:"true" required:"true" enum:"Type"` + + // URI of the grantee group. + URI *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Grantee) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Grantee) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Grantee) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grantee"} + if s.Type == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value. +func (s *Grantee) SetDisplayName(v string) *Grantee { + s.DisplayName = &v + return s +} + +// SetEmailAddress sets the EmailAddress field's value. +func (s *Grantee) SetEmailAddress(v string) *Grantee { + s.EmailAddress = &v + return s +} + +// SetID sets the ID field's value. +func (s *Grantee) SetID(v string) *Grantee { + s.ID = &v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *Grantee) SetType(v string) *Grantee { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// SetURI sets the URI field's value. +func (s *Grantee) SetURI(v string) *Grantee { + s.URI = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucketRequest +type HeadBucketInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HeadBucketInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HeadBucketInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *HeadBucketInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadBucketInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *HeadBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadBucketInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucketOutput +type HeadBucketOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HeadBucketOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HeadBucketOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObjectRequest +type HeadObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified, + // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). + IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"` + + // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time, + // otherwise return a 304 (not modified). + IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one + // specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified). + IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"` + + // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time, + // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). + IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between + // 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' HEAD request for the part specified. + // Useful querying about the size of the part and the number of parts in this + // object. + PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"` + + // Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about + // the HTTP Range header, go to http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35. + Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HeadObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HeadObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadObjectInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.IfMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput { + s.IfModifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.IfNoneMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput { + s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *HeadObjectInput { + s.PartNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetRange sets the Range field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.Range = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObjectOutput +type HeadObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"` + + // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. + CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` + + // Specifies presentational information for the object. + ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` + + // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus + // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced + // by the Content-Type header field. + ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` + + // The language the content is in. + ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` + + // Size of the body in bytes. + ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` + + // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. + ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` + + // Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete + // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. + DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` + + // An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version + // of a resource found at a URL + ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` + + // If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response + // includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key value pairs + // providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL + // encoded. + Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` + + // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. + Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"` + + // Last modified date of the object + LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. + Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` + + // This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta + // headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that + // supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, + // you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. + MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"` + + // The count of parts this object has. + PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"` + + ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time + // of the restored object copy. + Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // Version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` + + // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object + // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores + // the value of this header in the object metadata. + WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HeadObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HeadObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.AcceptRanges = &v + return s +} + +// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.CacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ContentDisposition = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ContentEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ContentLanguage = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ContentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.DeleteMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.Expiration = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.Expires = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.MissingMeta = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.PartsCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ReplicationStatus = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetRestore sets the Restore field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.Restore = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/IndexDocument +type IndexDocument struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website + // endpoint (e.g. if the suffix is index.html and you make a request to samplebucket/images/ + // the data that is returned will be for the object with the key name images/index.html) + // The suffix must not be empty and must not include a slash character. + // + // Suffix is a required field + Suffix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s IndexDocument) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s IndexDocument) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *IndexDocument) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IndexDocument"} + if s.Suffix == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Suffix")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSuffix sets the Suffix field's value. +func (s *IndexDocument) SetSuffix(v string) *IndexDocument { + s.Suffix = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Initiator +type Initiator struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the Principal. + DisplayName *string `type:"string"` + + // If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If + // the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value. + ID *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Initiator) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Initiator) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value. +func (s *Initiator) SetDisplayName(v string) *Initiator { + s.DisplayName = &v + return s +} + +// SetID sets the ID field's value. +func (s *Initiator) SetID(v string) *Initiator { + s.ID = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/InventoryConfiguration +type InventoryConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Contains information about where to publish the inventory results. + // + // Destination is a required field + Destination *InventoryDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet + // the filter's criteria. + Filter *InventoryFilter `type:"structure"` + + // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies which object version(s) to included in the inventory results. + // + // IncludedObjectVersions is a required field + IncludedObjectVersions *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryIncludedObjectVersions"` + + // Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled. + // + // IsEnabled is a required field + IsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` + + // Contains the optional fields that are included in the inventory results. + OptionalFields []*string `locationNameList:"Field" type:"list"` + + // Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results. + // + // Schedule is a required field + Schedule *InventorySchedule `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InventoryConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InventoryConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryConfiguration"} + if s.Destination == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.IncludedObjectVersions == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IncludedObjectVersions")) + } + if s.IsEnabled == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IsEnabled")) + } + if s.Schedule == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Schedule")) + } + if s.Destination != nil { + if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Filter != nil { + if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Schedule != nil { + if err := s.Schedule.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Schedule", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetDestination(v *InventoryDestination) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.Destination = v + return s +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetFilter(v *InventoryFilter) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetId(v string) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetIncludedObjectVersions sets the IncludedObjectVersions field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIncludedObjectVersions(v string) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.IncludedObjectVersions = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsEnabled sets the IsEnabled field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIsEnabled(v bool) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.IsEnabled = &v + return s +} + +// SetOptionalFields sets the OptionalFields field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetOptionalFields(v []*string) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.OptionalFields = v + return s +} + +// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetSchedule(v *InventorySchedule) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.Schedule = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/InventoryDestination +type InventoryDestination struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix + // (optional) where inventory results are published. + // + // S3BucketDestination is a required field + S3BucketDestination *InventoryS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InventoryDestination) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InventoryDestination) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *InventoryDestination) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryDestination"} + if s.S3BucketDestination == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination")) + } + if s.S3BucketDestination != nil { + if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value. +func (s *InventoryDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *InventoryS3BucketDestination) *InventoryDestination { + s.S3BucketDestination = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/InventoryFilter +type InventoryFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The prefix that an object must have to be included in the inventory results. + // + // Prefix is a required field + Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InventoryFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InventoryFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *InventoryFilter) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryFilter"} + if s.Prefix == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *InventoryFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryFilter { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/InventoryS3BucketDestination +type InventoryS3BucketDestination struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the account that owns the destination bucket. + AccountId *string `type:"string"` + + // The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket where inventory results will + // be published. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies the output format of the inventory results. + // + // Format is a required field + Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFormat"` + + // The prefix that is prepended to all inventory results. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryS3BucketDestination"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Format == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value. +func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetAccountId(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { + s.AccountId = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetFormat sets the Format field's value. +func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { + s.Format = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/InventorySchedule +type InventorySchedule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies how frequently inventory results are produced. + // + // Frequency is a required field + Frequency *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFrequency"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InventorySchedule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InventorySchedule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *InventorySchedule) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventorySchedule"} + if s.Frequency == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Frequency")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetFrequency sets the Frequency field's value. +func (s *InventorySchedule) SetFrequency(v string) *InventorySchedule { + s.Frequency = &v + return s +} + +// Container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/S3KeyFilter +type KeyFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of containers for key value pair that defines the criteria for the + // filter rule. + FilterRules []*FilterRule `locationName:"FilterRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s KeyFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s KeyFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetFilterRules sets the FilterRules field's value. +func (s *KeyFilter) SetFilterRules(v []*FilterRule) *KeyFilter { + s.FilterRules = v + return s +} + +// Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LambdaFunctionConfiguration +type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Events is a required field + Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` + + // Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key + // name filtering, go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"` + + // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + Id *string `type:"string"` + + // Lambda cloud function ARN that Amazon S3 can invoke when it detects events + // of the specified type. + // + // LambdaFunctionArn is a required field + LambdaFunctionArn *string `locationName:"CloudFunction" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LambdaFunctionConfiguration"} + if s.Events == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events")) + } + if s.LambdaFunctionArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LambdaFunctionArn")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. +func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { + s.Events = v + return s +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetLambdaFunctionArn sets the LambdaFunctionArn field's value. +func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionArn(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { + s.LambdaFunctionArn = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LifecycleConfiguration +type LifecycleConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Rules is a required field + Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleConfiguration"} + if s.Rules == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) + } + if s.Rules != nil { + for i, v := range s.Rules { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetRules sets the Rules field's value. +func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*Rule) *LifecycleConfiguration { + s.Rules = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LifecycleExpiration +type LifecycleExpiration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in + // GMT ISO 8601 Format. + Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` + + // Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. + // The value must be a non-zero positive integer. + Days *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent + // versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false + // the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in + // a Lifecycle Expiration Policy. + ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleExpiration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleExpiration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDate sets the Date field's value. +func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDate(v time.Time) *LifecycleExpiration { + s.Date = &v + return s +} + +// SetDays sets the Days field's value. +func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDays(v int64) *LifecycleExpiration { + s.Days = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker sets the ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker field's value. +func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker(v bool) *LifecycleExpiration { + s.ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LifecycleRule +type LifecycleRule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload + // that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. + AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"` + + Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"` + + // The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. + // A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified. + Filter *LifecycleRuleFilter `type:"structure"` + + // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters. + ID *string `type:"string"` + + // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon + // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle + // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) + // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific + // period in the object's lifetime. + NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"` + + NoncurrentVersionTransitions []*NoncurrentVersionTransition `locationName:"NoncurrentVersionTransition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is + // deprecated; use Filter instead. + Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"` + + // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule + // is not currently being applied. + // + // Status is a required field + Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"` + + Transitions []*Transition `locationName:"Transition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleRule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleRule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *LifecycleRule) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRule"} + if s.Status == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) + } + if s.Filter != nil { + if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *LifecycleRule { + s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *LifecycleRule { + s.Expiration = v + return s +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetFilter(v *LifecycleRuleFilter) *LifecycleRule { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetID sets the ID field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetID(v string) *LifecycleRule { + s.ID = &v + return s +} + +// SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *LifecycleRule { + s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v + return s +} + +// SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions sets the NoncurrentVersionTransitions field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions(v []*NoncurrentVersionTransition) *LifecycleRule { + s.NoncurrentVersionTransitions = v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRule { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetStatus(v string) *LifecycleRule { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// SetTransitions sets the Transitions field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetTransitions(v []*Transition) *LifecycleRule { + s.Transitions = v + return s +} + +// This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or +// more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all +// of the predicates configured inside the And operator. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LifecycleRuleAndOperator +type LifecycleRuleAndOperator struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule + // to apply. + Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleAndOperator"} + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + +// The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. +// A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LifecycleRuleFilter +type LifecycleRuleFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or + // more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all + // of the predicates configured inside the And operator. + And *LifecycleRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"` + + // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply. + Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleFilter"} + if s.And != nil { + if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Tag != nil { + if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAnd sets the And field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) *LifecycleRuleFilter { + s.And = v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleFilter { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTag sets the Tag field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *LifecycleRuleFilter { + s.Tag = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest +type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket from which analytics configurations are retrieved. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request + // should begin. + ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput +type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The list of analytics configurations for a bucket. + AnalyticsConfigurationList []*AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // The ContinuationToken that represents where this request began. + ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` + + // Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. + // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken + // will be provided for a subsequent request. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which indicates that + // there are more analytics configurations to list. The next request must include + // this NextContinuationToken. The token is obfuscated and is not a usable value. + NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAnalyticsConfigurationList sets the AnalyticsConfigurationList field's value. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetAnalyticsConfigurationList(v []*AnalyticsConfiguration) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { + s.AnalyticsConfigurationList = v + return s +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { + s.NextContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest +type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configurations to retrieve. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The marker used to continue an inventory configuration listing that has been + // truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list + // response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value + // that Amazon S3 understands. + ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput +type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If sent in the request, the marker that is used as a starting point for this + // inventory configuration list response. + ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of inventory configurations for a bucket. + InventoryConfigurationList []*InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Indicates whether the returned list of inventory configurations is truncated + // in this response. A value of true indicates that the list is truncated. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the + // NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent + // request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands. + NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetInventoryConfigurationList sets the InventoryConfigurationList field's value. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetInventoryConfigurationList(v []*InventoryConfiguration) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { + s.InventoryConfigurationList = v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { + s.NextContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest +type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configurations to retrieve. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that + // has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated + // list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque + // value that Amazon S3 understands. + ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput +type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The marker that is used as a starting point for this metrics configuration + // list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request. + ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` + + // Indicates whether the returned list of metrics configurations is complete. + // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken + // will be provided for a subsequent request. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The list of metrics configurations for a bucket. + MetricsConfigurationList []*MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // The marker used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been + // truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list + // response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value + // that Amazon S3 understands. + NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetricsConfigurationList sets the MetricsConfigurationList field's value. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetMetricsConfigurationList(v []*MetricsConfiguration) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { + s.MetricsConfigurationList = v + return s +} + +// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { + s.NextContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketsInput +type ListBucketsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketsOutput +type ListBucketsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Buckets []*Bucket `locationNameList:"Bucket" type:"list"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBuckets sets the Buckets field's value. +func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetBuckets(v []*Bucket) *ListBucketsOutput { + s.Buckets = v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListBucketsOutput { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploadsRequest +type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Character you use to group keys. + Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` + + // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies + // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; + // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters + // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in + // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the + // keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload + // after which listing should begin. + KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"` + + // Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return + // in the response body. 1,000 is the maximum number of uploads that can be + // returned in a response. + MaxUploads *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-uploads" type:"integer"` + + // Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified + // prefix. + Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` + + // Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing + // should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter + // is ignored. + UploadIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"upload-id-marker" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultipartUploadsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.KeyMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.MaxUploads = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.UploadIdMarker = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploadsOutput +type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + Bucket *string `type:"string"` + + CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + Delimiter *string `type:"string"` + + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A + // value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated + // if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified + // by max uploads. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The key at or after which the listing began. + KeyMarker *string `type:"string"` + + // Maximum number of multipart uploads that could have been included in the + // response. + MaxUploads *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be + // used for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. + NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"` + + // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be + // used for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. + NextUploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + + // When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified + // prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // Upload ID after which listing began. + UploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + + Uploads []*MultipartUpload `locationName:"Upload" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.CommonPrefixes = v + return s +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.KeyMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.MaxUploads = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.NextKeyMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextUploadIdMarker sets the NextUploadIdMarker field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.NextUploadIdMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.UploadIdMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploads sets the Uploads field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploads(v []*MultipartUpload) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.Uploads = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersionsRequest +type ListObjectVersionsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. + Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` + + // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies + // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; + // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters + // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in + // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the + // keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket. + KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"` + + // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might + // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. + MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` + + // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. + Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the object version you want to start listing from. + VersionIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"version-id-marker" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectVersionsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.KeyMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.MaxKeys = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.VersionIdMarker = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersionsOutput +type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + DeleteMarkers []*DeleteMarkerEntry `locationName:"DeleteMarker" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + Delimiter *string `type:"string"` + + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results + // that satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can + // make a follow-up paginated request using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker + // response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the + // rest of the results. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // Marks the last Key returned in a truncated response. + KeyMarker *string `type:"string"` + + MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` + + Name *string `type:"string"` + + // Use this value for the key marker request parameter in a subsequent request. + NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"` + + // Use this value for the next version id marker parameter in a subsequent request. + NextVersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + VersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + + Versions []*ObjectVersion `locationName:"Version" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.CommonPrefixes = v + return s +} + +// SetDeleteMarkers sets the DeleteMarkers field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDeleteMarkers(v []*DeleteMarkerEntry) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.DeleteMarkers = v + return s +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.KeyMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.MaxKeys = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.NextKeyMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextVersionIdMarker sets the NextVersionIdMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.NextVersionIdMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.VersionIdMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersions sets the Versions field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersions(v []*ObjectVersion) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.Versions = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsRequest +type ListObjectsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. + Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` + + // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies + // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; + // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters + // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in + // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the + // keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket. + Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"` + + // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might + // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. + MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` + + // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. + Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // list objects request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their + // requests. + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsInput { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsInput { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsInput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsInput { + s.MaxKeys = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsInput { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsOutput +type ListObjectsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + Delimiter *string `type:"string"` + + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results + // that satisfied the search criteria. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + Marker *string `type:"string"` + + MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` + + Name *string `type:"string"` + + // When response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response + // is true), you can use the key name in this field as marker in the subsequent + // request to get next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists objects in alphabetical + // order Note: This element is returned only if you have delimiter request parameter + // specified. If response does not include the NextMaker and it is truncated, + // you can use the value of the last Key in the response as the marker in the + // subsequent request to get the next set of object keys. + NextMarker *string `type:"string"` + + Prefix *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.CommonPrefixes = v + return s +} + +// SetContents sets the Contents field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.Contents = v + return s +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.MaxKeys = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.NextMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2Request +type ListObjectsV2Input struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the bucket to list. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on + // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real + // key + ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` + + // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. + Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` + + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // The owner field is not present in listV2 by default, if you want to return + // owner field with each key in the result then set the fetch owner field to + // true + FetchOwner *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"fetch-owner" type:"boolean"` + + // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might + // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. + MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` + + // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. + Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // list objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter + // in their requests. + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts + // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket + StartAfter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"start-after" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsV2Input) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsV2Input) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsV2Input"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetFetchOwner sets the FetchOwner field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetFetchOwner(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.FetchOwner = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.MaxKeys = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.StartAfter = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2Output +type ListObjectsV2Output struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the + // next occurrence of the string specified by delimiter + CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Metadata about each object returned. + Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on + // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real + // key + ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` + + // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. + Delimiter *string `type:"string"` + + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results + // that satisfied the search criteria. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will + // always be less than equals to MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys, your + // result will include less than equals 50 keys + KeyCount *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might + // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. + MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // Name of the bucket to list. + Name *string `type:"string"` + + // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true which means there + // are more keys in the bucket that can be listed. The next list requests to + // Amazon S3 can be continued with this NextContinuationToken. NextContinuationToken + // is obfuscated and is not a real key + NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` + + // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts + // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket + StartAfter *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsV2Output) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsV2Output) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.CommonPrefixes = v + return s +} + +// SetContents sets the Contents field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.Contents = v + return s +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyCount sets the KeyCount field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetKeyCount(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.KeyCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.MaxKeys = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.NextContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.StartAfter = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListPartsRequest +type ListPartsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Sets the maximum number of parts to return. + MaxParts *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-parts" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher + // part numbers will be listed. + PartNumberMarker *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"part-number-marker" type:"integer"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. + // + // UploadId is a required field + UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListPartsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListPartsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListPartsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPartsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.UploadId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListPartsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *ListPartsInput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value. +func (s *ListPartsInput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsInput { + s.MaxParts = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value. +func (s *ListPartsInput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsInput { + s.PartNumberMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *ListPartsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListPartsInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *ListPartsInput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsInput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListPartsOutput +type ListPartsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle. + AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort + // operation. + AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"` + + // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + Bucket *string `type:"string"` + + // Identifies who initiated the multipart upload. + Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"` + + // Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Maximum number of parts that were allowed in the response. + MaxParts *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, + // as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter + // in a subsequent request. + NextPartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + + // Part number after which listing begins. + PartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` + + Parts []*Part `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. + UploadId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListPartsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListPartsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *ListPartsOutput { + s.AbortDate = &v + return s +} + +// SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *ListPartsOutput { + s.AbortRuleId = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsOutput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *ListPartsOutput { + s.Initiator = v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListPartsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsOutput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsOutput { + s.MaxParts = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextPartNumberMarker sets the NextPartNumberMarker field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetNextPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput { + s.NextPartNumberMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListPartsOutput { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput { + s.PartNumberMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetParts sets the Parts field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetParts(v []*Part) *ListPartsOutput { + s.Parts = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *ListPartsOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *ListPartsOutput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsOutput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LoggingEnabled +type LoggingEnabled struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs. + // You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the + // same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets + // to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case you should + // choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered + // log files can be distinguished by key. + TargetBucket *string `type:"string"` + + TargetGrants []*TargetGrant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` + + // This element lets you specify a prefix for the keys that the log files will + // be stored under. + TargetPrefix *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LoggingEnabled) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LoggingEnabled) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *LoggingEnabled) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LoggingEnabled"} + if s.TargetGrants != nil { + for i, v := range s.TargetGrants { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TargetGrants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetTargetBucket sets the TargetBucket field's value. +func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetBucket(v string) *LoggingEnabled { + s.TargetBucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetTargetGrants sets the TargetGrants field's value. +func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetGrants(v []*TargetGrant) *LoggingEnabled { + s.TargetGrants = v + return s +} + +// SetTargetPrefix sets the TargetPrefix field's value. +func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetPrefix(v string) *LoggingEnabled { + s.TargetPrefix = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/MetricsAndOperator +type MetricsAndOperator struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The prefix used when evaluating an AND predicate. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of tags used when evaluating an AND predicate. + Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MetricsAndOperator) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MetricsAndOperator) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *MetricsAndOperator) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsAndOperator"} + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsAndOperator { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *MetricsAndOperator { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/MetricsConfiguration +type MetricsConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will + // only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a + // prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator). + Filter *MetricsFilter `type:"structure"` + + // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MetricsConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MetricsConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *MetricsConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsConfiguration"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.Filter != nil { + if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *MetricsFilter) *MetricsConfiguration { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *MetricsConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/MetricsFilter +type MetricsFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a + // metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object + // must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply. + And *MetricsAndOperator `type:"structure"` + + // The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter. + Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MetricsFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MetricsFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *MetricsFilter) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsFilter"} + if s.And != nil { + if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Tag != nil { + if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAnd sets the And field's value. +func (s *MetricsFilter) SetAnd(v *MetricsAndOperator) *MetricsFilter { + s.And = v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *MetricsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsFilter { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTag sets the Tag field's value. +func (s *MetricsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *MetricsFilter { + s.Tag = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/MultipartUpload +type MultipartUpload struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Date and time at which the multipart upload was initiated. + Initiated *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` + + // Identifies who initiated the multipart upload. + Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"` + + // Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated. + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload. + UploadId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MultipartUpload) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MultipartUpload) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInitiated sets the Initiated field's value. +func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiated(v time.Time) *MultipartUpload { + s.Initiated = &v + return s +} + +// SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value. +func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *MultipartUpload { + s.Initiator = v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *MultipartUpload) SetKey(v string) *MultipartUpload { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *MultipartUpload) SetOwner(v *Owner) *MultipartUpload { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *MultipartUpload) SetStorageClass(v string) *MultipartUpload { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *MultipartUpload) SetUploadId(v string) *MultipartUpload { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon +// S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle +// configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) +// to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific +// period in the object's lifetime. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/NoncurrentVersionExpiration +type NoncurrentVersionExpiration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can + // perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days + // calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent + // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html) + NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value. +func (s *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionExpiration { + s.NoncurrentDays = &v + return s +} + +// Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects +// transition to the STANDARD_IA or GLACIER storage class. If your bucket is +// versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action +// to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA +// or GLACIER storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/NoncurrentVersionTransition +type NoncurrentVersionTransition struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can + // perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days + // calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent + // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html) + NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value. +func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionTransition { + s.NoncurrentDays = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetStorageClass(v string) *NoncurrentVersionTransition { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// Container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If +// this element is empty, notifications are turned off on the bucket. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/NotificationConfiguration +type NotificationConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + LambdaFunctionConfigurations []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration `locationName:"CloudFunctionConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + QueueConfigurations []*QueueConfiguration `locationName:"QueueConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + TopicConfigurations []*TopicConfiguration `locationName:"TopicConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NotificationConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NotificationConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *NotificationConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NotificationConfiguration"} + if s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations != nil { + for i, v := range s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "LambdaFunctionConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.QueueConfigurations != nil { + for i, v := range s.QueueConfigurations { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "QueueConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.TopicConfigurations != nil { + for i, v := range s.TopicConfigurations { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TopicConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations sets the LambdaFunctionConfigurations field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations(v []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration { + s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations = v + return s +} + +// SetQueueConfigurations sets the QueueConfigurations field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetQueueConfigurations(v []*QueueConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration { + s.QueueConfigurations = v + return s +} + +// SetTopicConfigurations sets the TopicConfigurations field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetTopicConfigurations(v []*TopicConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration { + s.TopicConfigurations = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/NotificationConfigurationDeprecated +type NotificationConfigurationDeprecated struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + CloudFunctionConfiguration *CloudFunctionConfiguration `type:"structure"` + + QueueConfiguration *QueueConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"` + + TopicConfiguration *TopicConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCloudFunctionConfiguration sets the CloudFunctionConfiguration field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetCloudFunctionConfiguration(v *CloudFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated { + s.CloudFunctionConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetQueueConfiguration sets the QueueConfiguration field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueueConfiguration(v *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated { + s.QueueConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetTopicConfiguration sets the TopicConfiguration field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopicConfiguration(v *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated { + s.TopicConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key +// name filtering, go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/NotificationConfigurationFilter +type NotificationConfigurationFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules. + Key *KeyFilter `locationName:"S3Key" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfigurationFilter) SetKey(v *KeyFilter) *NotificationConfigurationFilter { + s.Key = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Object +type Object struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + + Size *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectStorageClass"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Object) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Object) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *Object) SetETag(v string) *Object { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *Object) SetKey(v string) *Object { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *Object) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Object { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *Object) SetOwner(v *Owner) *Object { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// SetSize sets the Size field's value. +func (s *Object) SetSize(v int64) *Object { + s.Size = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *Object) SetStorageClass(v string) *Object { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ObjectIdentifier +type ObjectIdentifier struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Key name of the object to delete. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // VersionId for the specific version of the object to delete. + VersionId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ObjectIdentifier) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ObjectIdentifier) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ObjectIdentifier) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ObjectIdentifier"} + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetKey(v string) *ObjectIdentifier { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectIdentifier { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ObjectVersion +type ObjectVersion struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version + // of an object. + IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The object key. + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Date and time the object was last modified. + LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + + // Size in bytes of the object. + Size *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectVersionStorageClass"` + + // Version ID of an object. + VersionId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ObjectVersion) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ObjectVersion) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetETag(v string) *ObjectVersion { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetIsLatest(v bool) *ObjectVersion { + s.IsLatest = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetKey(v string) *ObjectVersion { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *ObjectVersion { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ObjectVersion { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// SetSize sets the Size field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetSize(v int64) *ObjectVersion { + s.Size = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetStorageClass(v string) *ObjectVersion { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectVersion { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Owner +type Owner struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + DisplayName *string `type:"string"` + + ID *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Owner) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Owner) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value. +func (s *Owner) SetDisplayName(v string) *Owner { + s.DisplayName = &v + return s +} + +// SetID sets the ID field's value. +func (s *Owner) SetID(v string) *Owner { + s.ID = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Part +type Part struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded. + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + // Date and time at which the part was uploaded. + LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` + + // Part number identifying the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and + // 10,000. + PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // Size of the uploaded part data. + Size *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Part) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Part) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *Part) SetETag(v string) *Part { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *Part) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Part { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. +func (s *Part) SetPartNumber(v int64) *Part { + s.PartNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetSize sets the Size field's value. +func (s *Part) SetSize(v int64) *Part { + s.Size = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest +type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccelerateConfiguration"` + + // Specifies the Accelerate Configuration you want to set for the bucket. + // + // AccelerateConfiguration is a required field + AccelerateConfiguration *AccelerateConfiguration `locationName:"AccelerateConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"} + if s.AccelerateConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccelerateConfiguration")) + } + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAccelerateConfiguration sets the AccelerateConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetAccelerateConfiguration(v *AccelerateConfiguration) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { + s.AccelerateConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput +type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAclRequest +type PutBucketAclInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"` + + // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. + ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"` + + AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the + // bucket. + GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. + GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. + GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket. + GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. + GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAclInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAclInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAclInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil { + if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetACL sets the ACL field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.ACL = &v + return s +} + +// SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.AccessControlPolicy = v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.GrantFullControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.GrantRead = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.GrantReadACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.GrantWrite = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.GrantWriteACP = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAclOutput +type PutBucketAclOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAclOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAclOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest +type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"` + + // The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter. + // + // AnalyticsConfiguration is a required field + AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The name of the bucket to which an analytics configuration is stored. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"} + if s.AnalyticsConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AnalyticsConfiguration")) + } + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.AnalyticsConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.AnalyticsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("AnalyticsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput +type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCorsRequest +type PutBucketCorsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CORSConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // CORSConfiguration is a required field + CORSConfiguration *CORSConfiguration `locationName:"CORSConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketCorsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketCorsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketCorsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.CORSConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSConfiguration")) + } + if s.CORSConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.CORSConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("CORSConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketCorsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetCORSConfiguration sets the CORSConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetCORSConfiguration(v *CORSConfiguration) *PutBucketCorsInput { + s.CORSConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCorsOutput +type PutBucketCorsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest +type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"` + + // The name of the bucket where the inventory configuration will be stored. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies the inventory configuration. + // + // InventoryConfiguration is a required field + InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.InventoryConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InventoryConfiguration")) + } + if s.InventoryConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.InventoryConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("InventoryConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.InventoryConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput +type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest +type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + LifecycleConfiguration *BucketLifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { + s.LifecycleConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput +type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleRequest +type PutBucketLifecycleInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + LifecycleConfiguration *LifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *LifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleInput { + s.LifecycleConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleOutput +type PutBucketLifecycleOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLoggingRequest +type PutBucketLoggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"BucketLoggingStatus"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // BucketLoggingStatus is a required field + BucketLoggingStatus *BucketLoggingStatus `locationName:"BucketLoggingStatus" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLoggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.BucketLoggingStatus == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketLoggingStatus")) + } + if s.BucketLoggingStatus != nil { + if err := s.BucketLoggingStatus.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("BucketLoggingStatus", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLoggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucketLoggingStatus sets the BucketLoggingStatus field's value. +func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucketLoggingStatus(v *BucketLoggingStatus) *PutBucketLoggingInput { + s.BucketLoggingStatus = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLoggingOutput +type PutBucketLoggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest +type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"` + + // The name of the bucket for which the metrics configuration is set. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies the metrics configuration. + // + // MetricsConfiguration is a required field + MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.MetricsConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MetricsConfiguration")) + } + if s.MetricsConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.MetricsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("MetricsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.MetricsConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput +type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest +type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If + // this element is empty, notifications are turned off on the bucket. + // + // NotificationConfiguration is a required field + NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfiguration `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration")) + } + if s.NotificationConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.NotificationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfiguration) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput { + s.NotificationConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput +type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationRequest +type PutBucketNotificationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // NotificationConfiguration is a required field + NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) *PutBucketNotificationInput { + s.NotificationConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationOutput +type PutBucketNotificationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicyRequest +type PutBucketPolicyInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The bucket policy as a JSON document. + // + // Policy is a required field + Policy *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketPolicyInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Policy == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Policy")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicyOutput +type PutBucketPolicyOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplicationRequest +type PutBucketReplicationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Container for replication rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules. Total + // replication configuration size can be up to 2 MB. + // + // ReplicationConfiguration is a required field + ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `locationName:"ReplicationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketReplicationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.ReplicationConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationConfiguration")) + } + if s.ReplicationConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.ReplicationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *PutBucketReplicationInput { + s.ReplicationConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplicationOutput +type PutBucketReplicationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest +type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"RequestPaymentConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // RequestPaymentConfiguration is a required field + RequestPaymentConfiguration *RequestPaymentConfiguration `locationName:"RequestPaymentConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketRequestPaymentInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequestPaymentConfiguration")) + } + if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.RequestPaymentConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("RequestPaymentConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPaymentConfiguration sets the RequestPaymentConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetRequestPaymentConfiguration(v *RequestPaymentConfiguration) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput { + s.RequestPaymentConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput +type PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTaggingRequest +type PutBucketTaggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Tagging is a required field + Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketTaggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Tagging == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging")) + } + if s.Tagging != nil { + if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketTaggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. +func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutBucketTaggingInput { + s.Tagging = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTaggingOutput +type PutBucketTaggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioningRequest +type PutBucketVersioningInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"VersioningConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, + // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. + MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` + + // VersioningConfiguration is a required field + VersioningConfiguration *VersioningConfiguration `locationName:"VersioningConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketVersioningInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.VersioningConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersioningConfiguration")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value. +func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetMFA(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput { + s.MFA = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersioningConfiguration sets the VersioningConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetVersioningConfiguration(v *VersioningConfiguration) *PutBucketVersioningInput { + s.VersioningConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioningOutput +type PutBucketVersioningOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsiteRequest +type PutBucketWebsiteInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"WebsiteConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // WebsiteConfiguration is a required field + WebsiteConfiguration *WebsiteConfiguration `locationName:"WebsiteConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketWebsiteInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.WebsiteConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebsiteConfiguration")) + } + if s.WebsiteConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.WebsiteConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("WebsiteConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketWebsiteInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebsiteConfiguration sets the WebsiteConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetWebsiteConfiguration(v *WebsiteConfiguration) *PutBucketWebsiteInput { + s.WebsiteConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsiteOutput +type PutBucketWebsiteOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAclRequest +type PutObjectAclInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"` + + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. + ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + + AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the + // bucket. + GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. + GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. + GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket. + GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. + GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectAclInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectAclInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectAclInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil { + if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetACL sets the ACL field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.ACL = &v + return s +} + +// SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.AccessControlPolicy = v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.GrantFullControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.GrantRead = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.GrantReadACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.GrantWrite = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.GrantWriteACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAclOutput +type PutObjectAclOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectAclOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectAclOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectAclOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRequest +type PutObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. + ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + + // Object data. + Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"` + + // Name of the bucket to which the PUT operation was initiated. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. + CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` + + // Specifies presentational information for the object. + ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` + + // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus + // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced + // by the Content-Type header field. + ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` + + // The language the content is in. + ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` + + // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the + // body cannot be determined automatically. + ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` + + // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. + ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` + + // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. + Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. + GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata. + GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the object ACL. + GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. + GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + + // Object key for which the PUT operation was initiated. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. + Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT + // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL + // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported + // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'. + StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters + Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"` + + // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object + // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores + // the value of this header in the object metadata. + WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetACL sets the ACL field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ACL = &v + return s +} + +// SetBody sets the Body field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *PutObjectInput { + s.Body = v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.CacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ContentDisposition = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ContentEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ContentLanguage = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *PutObjectInput { + s.ContentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput { + s.Expires = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.GrantFullControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.GrantRead = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.GrantReadACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.GrantWriteACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *PutObjectInput { + s.Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.Tagging = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectOutput +type PutObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Entity tag for the uploaded object. + ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` + + // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration + // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded. + Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // Version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.Expiration = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTaggingRequest +type PutObjectTaggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Tagging is a required field + Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true"` + + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectTaggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.Tagging == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging")) + } + if s.Tagging != nil { + if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. +func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutObjectTaggingInput { + s.Tagging = v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTaggingOutput +type PutObjectTaggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *PutObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Container for specifying an configuration when you want Amazon S3 to publish +// events to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/QueueConfiguration +type QueueConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Events is a required field + Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` + + // Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key + // name filtering, go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"` + + // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + Id *string `type:"string"` + + // Amazon SQS queue ARN to which Amazon S3 will publish a message when it detects + // events of specified type. + // + // QueueArn is a required field + QueueArn *string `locationName:"Queue" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s QueueConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s QueueConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *QueueConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "QueueConfiguration"} + if s.Events == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events")) + } + if s.QueueArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QueueArn")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. +func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfiguration { + s.Events = v + return s +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *QueueConfiguration { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetId(v string) *QueueConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetQueueArn sets the QueueArn field's value. +func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetQueueArn(v string) *QueueConfiguration { + s.QueueArn = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/QueueConfigurationDeprecated +type QueueConfigurationDeprecated struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket event for which to send notifications. + Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` + + Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + Id *string `type:"string"` + + Queue *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetEvent sets the Event field's value. +func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Event = &v + return s +} + +// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. +func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Events = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. +func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueue(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Queue = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Redirect +type Redirect struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The host name to use in the redirect request. + HostName *string `type:"string"` + + // The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the + // siblings is present. + HttpRedirectCode *string `type:"string"` + + // Protocol to use (http, https) when redirecting requests. The default is the + // protocol that is used in the original request. + Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"` + + // The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect + // requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to + // documents/, you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/ + // and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents. Not required + // if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith + // is not provided. + ReplaceKeyPrefixWith *string `type:"string"` + + // The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect + // request to error.html. Not required if one of the sibling is present. Can + // be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided. + ReplaceKeyWith *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Redirect) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Redirect) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetHostName sets the HostName field's value. +func (s *Redirect) SetHostName(v string) *Redirect { + s.HostName = &v + return s +} + +// SetHttpRedirectCode sets the HttpRedirectCode field's value. +func (s *Redirect) SetHttpRedirectCode(v string) *Redirect { + s.HttpRedirectCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. +func (s *Redirect) SetProtocol(v string) *Redirect { + s.Protocol = &v + return s +} + +// SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith sets the ReplaceKeyPrefixWith field's value. +func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith(v string) *Redirect { + s.ReplaceKeyPrefixWith = &v + return s +} + +// SetReplaceKeyWith sets the ReplaceKeyWith field's value. +func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyWith(v string) *Redirect { + s.ReplaceKeyWith = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RedirectAllRequestsTo +type RedirectAllRequestsTo struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the host where requests will be redirected. + // + // HostName is a required field + HostName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Protocol to use (http, https) when redirecting requests. The default is the + // protocol that is used in the original request. + Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RedirectAllRequestsTo"} + if s.HostName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HostName")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetHostName sets the HostName field's value. +func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetHostName(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo { + s.HostName = &v + return s +} + +// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. +func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetProtocol(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo { + s.Protocol = &v + return s +} + +// Container for replication rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules. Total +// replication configuration size can be up to 2 MB. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ReplicationConfiguration +type ReplicationConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role for Amazon S3 to assume when replicating + // the objects. + // + // Role is a required field + Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Container for information about a particular replication rule. Replication + // configuration must have at least one rule and can contain up to 1,000 rules. + // + // Rules is a required field + Rules []*ReplicationRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ReplicationConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ReplicationConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationConfiguration"} + if s.Role == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role")) + } + if s.Rules == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) + } + if s.Rules != nil { + for i, v := range s.Rules { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetRole sets the Role field's value. +func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRole(v string) *ReplicationConfiguration { + s.Role = &v + return s +} + +// SetRules sets the Rules field's value. +func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ReplicationRule) *ReplicationConfiguration { + s.Rules = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ReplicationRule +type ReplicationRule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Destination is a required field + Destination *Destination `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters. + ID *string `type:"string"` + + // Object keyname prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. + // Maximum prefix length can be up to 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes + // are not supported. + // + // Prefix is a required field + Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The rule is ignored if status is not Enabled. + // + // Status is a required field + Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationRuleStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ReplicationRule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ReplicationRule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ReplicationRule) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRule"} + if s.Destination == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) + } + if s.Prefix == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) + } + if s.Status == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) + } + if s.Destination != nil { + if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDestination(v *Destination) *ReplicationRule { + s.Destination = v + return s +} + +// SetID sets the ID field's value. +func (s *ReplicationRule) SetID(v string) *ReplicationRule { + s.ID = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRule { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *ReplicationRule) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationRule { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RequestPaymentConfiguration +type RequestPaymentConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies who pays for the download and request fees. + // + // Payer is a required field + Payer *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Payer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RequestPaymentConfiguration"} + if s.Payer == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Payer")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPayer sets the Payer field's value. +func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) SetPayer(v string) *RequestPaymentConfiguration { + s.Payer = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObjectRequest +type RestoreObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"RestoreRequest"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + RestoreRequest *RestoreRequest `locationName:"RestoreRequest" type:"structure"` + + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RestoreObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RestoreObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *RestoreObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreObjectInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.RestoreRequest != nil { + if err := s.RestoreRequest.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("RestoreRequest", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetRestoreRequest sets the RestoreRequest field's value. +func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRestoreRequest(v *RestoreRequest) *RestoreObjectInput { + s.RestoreRequest = v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObjectOutput +type RestoreObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RestoreObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RestoreObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreRequest +type RestoreRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Lifetime of the active copy in days + // + // Days is a required field + Days *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` + + // Glacier related prameters pertaining to this job. + GlacierJobParameters *GlacierJobParameters `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RestoreRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RestoreRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *RestoreRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreRequest"} + if s.Days == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Days")) + } + if s.GlacierJobParameters != nil { + if err := s.GlacierJobParameters.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("GlacierJobParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDays sets the Days field's value. +func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDays(v int64) *RestoreRequest { + s.Days = &v + return s +} + +// SetGlacierJobParameters sets the GlacierJobParameters field's value. +func (s *RestoreRequest) SetGlacierJobParameters(v *GlacierJobParameters) *RestoreRequest { + s.GlacierJobParameters = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RoutingRule +type RoutingRule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified + // redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, + // redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, + // redirect request to another host where you might process the error. + Condition *Condition `type:"structure"` + + // Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another + // host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, + // you can can specify a different error code to return. + // + // Redirect is a required field + Redirect *Redirect `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RoutingRule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RoutingRule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *RoutingRule) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RoutingRule"} + if s.Redirect == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Redirect")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCondition sets the Condition field's value. +func (s *RoutingRule) SetCondition(v *Condition) *RoutingRule { + s.Condition = v + return s +} + +// SetRedirect sets the Redirect field's value. +func (s *RoutingRule) SetRedirect(v *Redirect) *RoutingRule { + s.Redirect = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Rule +type Rule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload + // that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. + AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"` + + Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"` + + // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters. + ID *string `type:"string"` + + // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon + // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle + // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) + // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific + // period in the object's lifetime. + NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"` + + // Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects + // transition to the STANDARD_IA or GLACIER storage class. If your bucket is + // versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action + // to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA + // or GLACIER storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime. + NoncurrentVersionTransition *NoncurrentVersionTransition `type:"structure"` + + // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. + // + // Prefix is a required field + Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule + // is not currently being applied. + // + // Status is a required field + Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"` + + Transition *Transition `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Rule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Rule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Rule) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Rule"} + if s.Prefix == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) + } + if s.Status == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *Rule { + s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *Rule { + s.Expiration = v + return s +} + +// SetID sets the ID field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetID(v string) *Rule { + s.ID = &v + return s +} + +// SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *Rule { + s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v + return s +} + +// SetNoncurrentVersionTransition sets the NoncurrentVersionTransition field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransition(v *NoncurrentVersionTransition) *Rule { + s.NoncurrentVersionTransition = v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetPrefix(v string) *Rule { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetStatus(v string) *Rule { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// SetTransition sets the Transition field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetTransition(v *Transition) *Rule { + s.Transition = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/StorageClassAnalysis +type StorageClassAnalysis struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A container used to describe how data related to the storage class analysis + // should be exported. + DataExport *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StorageClassAnalysis) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StorageClassAnalysis) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysis"} + if s.DataExport != nil { + if err := s.DataExport.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("DataExport", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDataExport sets the DataExport field's value. +func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) SetDataExport(v *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) *StorageClassAnalysis { + s.DataExport = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/StorageClassAnalysisDataExport +type StorageClassAnalysisDataExport struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The place to store the data for an analysis. + // + // Destination is a required field + Destination *AnalyticsExportDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. Must be V_1. + // + // OutputSchemaVersion is a required field + OutputSchemaVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysisDataExport"} + if s.Destination == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) + } + if s.OutputSchemaVersion == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSchemaVersion")) + } + if s.Destination != nil { + if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetDestination(v *AnalyticsExportDestination) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport { + s.Destination = v + return s +} + +// SetOutputSchemaVersion sets the OutputSchemaVersion field's value. +func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetOutputSchemaVersion(v string) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport { + s.OutputSchemaVersion = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Tag +type Tag struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the tag. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Value of the tag. + // + // Value is a required field + Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Tag) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Tag) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Tag) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"} + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.Value == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetValue sets the Value field's value. +func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { + s.Value = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Tagging +type Tagging struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // TagSet is a required field + TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Tagging) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Tagging) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Tagging) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tagging"} + if s.TagSet == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagSet")) + } + if s.TagSet != nil { + for i, v := range s.TagSet { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TagSet", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value. +func (s *Tagging) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *Tagging { + s.TagSet = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/TargetGrant +type TargetGrant struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure"` + + // Logging permissions assigned to the Grantee for the bucket. + Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLogsPermission"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TargetGrant) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TargetGrant) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *TargetGrant) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TargetGrant"} + if s.Grantee != nil { + if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value. +func (s *TargetGrant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *TargetGrant { + s.Grantee = v + return s +} + +// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value. +func (s *TargetGrant) SetPermission(v string) *TargetGrant { + s.Permission = &v + return s +} + +// Container for specifying the configuration when you want Amazon S3 to publish +// events to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/TopicConfiguration +type TopicConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Events is a required field + Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` + + // Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key + // name filtering, go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"` + + // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + Id *string `type:"string"` + + // Amazon SNS topic ARN to which Amazon S3 will publish a message when it detects + // events of specified type. + // + // TopicArn is a required field + TopicArn *string `locationName:"Topic" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TopicConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TopicConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *TopicConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TopicConfiguration"} + if s.Events == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events")) + } + if s.TopicArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicArn")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. +func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfiguration { + s.Events = v + return s +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *TopicConfiguration { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetId(v string) *TopicConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetTopicArn sets the TopicArn field's value. +func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetTopicArn(v string) *TopicConfiguration { + s.TopicArn = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/TopicConfigurationDeprecated +type TopicConfigurationDeprecated struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket event for which to send notifications. + Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` + + Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + Id *string `type:"string"` + + // Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 will publish a message to report the + // specified events for the bucket. + Topic *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetEvent sets the Event field's value. +func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Event = &v + return s +} + +// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. +func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Events = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetTopic sets the Topic field's value. +func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopic(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Topic = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Transition +type Transition struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in + // GMT ISO 8601 Format. + Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` + + // Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. + // The value must be a non-zero positive integer. + Days *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Transition) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Transition) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDate sets the Date field's value. +func (s *Transition) SetDate(v time.Time) *Transition { + s.Date = &v + return s +} + +// SetDays sets the Days field's value. +func (s *Transition) SetDays(v int64) *Transition { + s.Days = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *Transition) SetStorageClass(v string) *Transition { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopyRequest +type UploadPartCopyInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated + // by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded. + // + // CopySource is a required field + CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. + CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"` + + // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time. + CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified + // ETag. + CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"` + + // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time. + CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // The range of bytes to copy from the source object. The range value must use + // the form bytes=first-last, where the first and last are the zero-based byte + // offsets to copy. For example, bytes=0-9 indicates that you want to copy the + // first ten bytes of the source. You can copy a range only if the source object + // is greater than 5 GB. + CopySourceRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-range" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (e.g., AES256). + CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt + // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one + // that was used when the source object was created. + CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Part number of part being copied. This is a positive integer between 1 and + // 10,000. + // + // PartNumber is a required field + PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart + // upload request. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied. + // + // UploadId is a required field + UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartCopyInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartCopyInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartCopyInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.CopySource == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.PartNumber == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber")) + } + if s.UploadId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySource(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySource = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceRange sets the CopySourceRange field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceRange(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceRange = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.PartNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopyOutput +type UploadPartCopyOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyPartResult"` + + CopyPartResult *CopyPartResult `type:"structure"` + + // The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning + // on the source bucket. + CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCopyPartResult sets the CopyPartResult field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopyPartResult(v *CopyPartResult) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.CopyPartResult = v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.CopySourceVersionId = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartRequest +type UploadPartInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + + // Object data. + Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"` + + // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the + // body cannot be determined automatically. + ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` + + // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Part number of part being uploaded. This is a positive integer between 1 + // and 10,000. + // + // PartNumber is a required field + PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart + // upload request. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being uploaded. + // + // UploadId is a required field + UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UploadPartInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.PartNumber == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber")) + } + if s.UploadId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBody sets the Body field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *UploadPartInput { + s.Body = v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *UploadPartInput { + s.ContentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartInput { + s.PartNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartOutput +type UploadPartOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Entity tag for the uploaded object. + ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetETag(v string) *UploadPartOutput { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/VersioningConfiguration +type VersioningConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. + // This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA + // delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned. + MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADelete"` + + // The versioning state of the bucket. + Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VersioningConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VersioningConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value. +func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetMFADelete(v string) *VersioningConfiguration { + s.MFADelete = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *VersioningConfiguration { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/WebsiteConfiguration +type WebsiteConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"` + + IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"` + + RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"` + + RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s WebsiteConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s WebsiteConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "WebsiteConfiguration"} + if s.ErrorDocument != nil { + if err := s.ErrorDocument.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("ErrorDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.IndexDocument != nil { + if err := s.IndexDocument.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("IndexDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.RedirectAllRequestsTo != nil { + if err := s.RedirectAllRequestsTo.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("RedirectAllRequestsTo", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.RoutingRules != nil { + for i, v := range s.RoutingRules { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RoutingRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value. +func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration { + s.ErrorDocument = v + return s +} + +// SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value. +func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration { + s.IndexDocument = v + return s +} + +// SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value. +func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *WebsiteConfiguration { + s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v + return s +} + +// SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value. +func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *WebsiteConfiguration { + s.RoutingRules = v + return s +} + +const ( + // AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv is a AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat enum value + AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv = "CSV" +) + +const ( + // BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value + BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled = "Enabled" + + // BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value + BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended = "Suspended" +) + +const ( + // BucketCannedACLPrivate is a BucketCannedACL enum value + BucketCannedACLPrivate = "private" + + // BucketCannedACLPublicRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value + BucketCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read" + + // BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a BucketCannedACL enum value + BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write" + + // BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value + BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read" +) + +const ( + // BucketLocationConstraintEu is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintEu = "EU" + + // BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 = "eu-west-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 = "us-west-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 = "us-west-2" + + // BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 = "ap-south-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2" + + // BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 = "sa-east-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 = "cn-north-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 = "eu-central-1" +) + +const ( + // BucketLogsPermissionFullControl is a BucketLogsPermission enum value + BucketLogsPermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL" + + // BucketLogsPermissionRead is a BucketLogsPermission enum value + BucketLogsPermissionRead = "READ" + + // BucketLogsPermissionWrite is a BucketLogsPermission enum value + BucketLogsPermissionWrite = "WRITE" +) + +const ( + // BucketVersioningStatusEnabled is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value + BucketVersioningStatusEnabled = "Enabled" + + // BucketVersioningStatusSuspended is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value + BucketVersioningStatusSuspended = "Suspended" +) + +// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies +// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; +// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters +// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in +// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the +// keys in the response. +const ( + // EncodingTypeUrl is a EncodingType enum value + EncodingTypeUrl = "url" +) + +// Bucket event for which to send notifications. +const ( + // EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject is a Event enum value + EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject = "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject" + + // EventS3ObjectCreated is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectCreated = "s3:ObjectCreated:*" + + // EventS3ObjectCreatedPut is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectCreatedPut = "s3:ObjectCreated:Put" + + // EventS3ObjectCreatedPost is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectCreatedPost = "s3:ObjectCreated:Post" + + // EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy = "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy" + + // EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload = "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload" + + // EventS3ObjectRemoved is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectRemoved = "s3:ObjectRemoved:*" + + // EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete = "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete" + + // EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated = "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated" +) + +const ( + // ExpirationStatusEnabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value + ExpirationStatusEnabled = "Enabled" + + // ExpirationStatusDisabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value + ExpirationStatusDisabled = "Disabled" +) + +const ( + // FilterRuleNamePrefix is a FilterRuleName enum value + FilterRuleNamePrefix = "prefix" + + // FilterRuleNameSuffix is a FilterRuleName enum value + FilterRuleNameSuffix = "suffix" +) + +const ( + // InventoryFormatCsv is a InventoryFormat enum value + InventoryFormatCsv = "CSV" +) + +const ( + // InventoryFrequencyDaily is a InventoryFrequency enum value + InventoryFrequencyDaily = "Daily" + + // InventoryFrequencyWeekly is a InventoryFrequency enum value + InventoryFrequencyWeekly = "Weekly" +) + +const ( + // InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value + InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll = "All" + + // InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value + InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent = "Current" +) + +const ( + // InventoryOptionalFieldSize is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldSize = "Size" + + // InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate = "LastModifiedDate" + + // InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass = "StorageClass" + + // InventoryOptionalFieldEtag is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldEtag = "ETag" + + // InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded = "IsMultipartUploaded" + + // InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus = "ReplicationStatus" +) + +const ( + // MFADeleteEnabled is a MFADelete enum value + MFADeleteEnabled = "Enabled" + + // MFADeleteDisabled is a MFADelete enum value + MFADeleteDisabled = "Disabled" +) + +const ( + // MFADeleteStatusEnabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value + MFADeleteStatusEnabled = "Enabled" + + // MFADeleteStatusDisabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value + MFADeleteStatusDisabled = "Disabled" +) + +const ( + // MetadataDirectiveCopy is a MetadataDirective enum value + MetadataDirectiveCopy = "COPY" + + // MetadataDirectiveReplace is a MetadataDirective enum value + MetadataDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE" +) + +const ( + // ObjectCannedACLPrivate is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLPrivate = "private" + + // ObjectCannedACLPublicRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read" + + // ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write" + + // ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read" + + // ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead = "aws-exec-read" + + // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead = "bucket-owner-read" + + // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl = "bucket-owner-full-control" +) + +const ( + // ObjectStorageClassStandard is a ObjectStorageClass enum value + ObjectStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" + + // ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy is a ObjectStorageClass enum value + ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY" + + // ObjectStorageClassGlacier is a ObjectStorageClass enum value + ObjectStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER" +) + +const ( + // ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard is a ObjectVersionStorageClass enum value + ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" +) + +const ( + // PayerRequester is a Payer enum value + PayerRequester = "Requester" + + // PayerBucketOwner is a Payer enum value + PayerBucketOwner = "BucketOwner" +) + +const ( + // PermissionFullControl is a Permission enum value + PermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL" + + // PermissionWrite is a Permission enum value + PermissionWrite = "WRITE" + + // PermissionWriteAcp is a Permission enum value + PermissionWriteAcp = "WRITE_ACP" + + // PermissionRead is a Permission enum value + PermissionRead = "READ" + + // PermissionReadAcp is a Permission enum value + PermissionReadAcp = "READ_ACP" +) + +const ( + // ProtocolHttp is a Protocol enum value + ProtocolHttp = "http" + + // ProtocolHttps is a Protocol enum value + ProtocolHttps = "https" +) + +const ( + // ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value + ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled = "Enabled" + + // ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value + ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled = "Disabled" +) + +const ( + // ReplicationStatusComplete is a ReplicationStatus enum value + ReplicationStatusComplete = "COMPLETE" + + // ReplicationStatusPending is a ReplicationStatus enum value + ReplicationStatusPending = "PENDING" + + // ReplicationStatusFailed is a ReplicationStatus enum value + ReplicationStatusFailed = "FAILED" + + // ReplicationStatusReplica is a ReplicationStatus enum value + ReplicationStatusReplica = "REPLICA" +) + +// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the +// request. +const ( + // RequestChargedRequester is a RequestCharged enum value + RequestChargedRequester = "requester" +) + +// Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the +// request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. +// Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found +// at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html +const ( + // RequestPayerRequester is a RequestPayer enum value + RequestPayerRequester = "requester" +) + +const ( + // ServerSideEncryptionAes256 is a ServerSideEncryption enum value + ServerSideEncryptionAes256 = "AES256" + + // ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms is a ServerSideEncryption enum value + ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms = "aws:kms" +) + +const ( + // StorageClassStandard is a StorageClass enum value + StorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" + + // StorageClassReducedRedundancy is a StorageClass enum value + StorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY" + + // StorageClassStandardIa is a StorageClass enum value + StorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA" +) + +const ( + // StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 is a StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion enum value + StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 = "V_1" +) + +const ( + // TaggingDirectiveCopy is a TaggingDirective enum value + TaggingDirectiveCopy = "COPY" + + // TaggingDirectiveReplace is a TaggingDirective enum value + TaggingDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE" +) + +const ( + // TierStandard is a Tier enum value + TierStandard = "Standard" + + // TierBulk is a Tier enum value + TierBulk = "Bulk" + + // TierExpedited is a Tier enum value + TierExpedited = "Expedited" +) + +const ( + // TransitionStorageClassGlacier is a TransitionStorageClass enum value + TransitionStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER" + + // TransitionStorageClassStandardIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value + TransitionStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA" +) + +const ( + // TypeCanonicalUser is a Type enum value + TypeCanonicalUser = "CanonicalUser" + + // TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail is a Type enum value + TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail = "AmazonCustomerByEmail" + + // TypeGroup is a Type enum value + TypeGroup = "Group" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/bucket_location.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/bucket_location.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc68a46 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/bucket_location.go @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "io/ioutil" + "regexp" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +var reBucketLocation = regexp.MustCompile(`>([^<>]+)<\/Location`) + +// NormalizeBucketLocation is a utility function which will update the +// passed in value to always be a region ID. Generally this would be used +// with GetBucketLocation API operation. +// +// Replaces empty string with "us-east-1", and "EU" with "eu-west-1". +// +// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETlocation.html +// for more information on the values that can be returned. +func NormalizeBucketLocation(loc string) string { + switch loc { + case "": + loc = "us-east-1" + case "EU": + loc = "eu-west-1" + } + + return loc +} + +// NormalizeBucketLocationHandler is a request handler which will update the +// GetBucketLocation's result LocationConstraint value to always be a region ID. +// +// Replaces empty string with "us-east-1", and "EU" with "eu-west-1". +// +// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETlocation.html +// for more information on the values that can be returned. +// +// req, result := svc.GetBucketLocationRequest(&s3.GetBucketLocationInput{ +// Bucket: aws.String(bucket), +// }) +// req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(NormalizeBucketLocationHandler) +// err := req.Send() +var NormalizeBucketLocationHandler = request.NamedHandler{ + Name: "awssdk.s3.NormalizeBucketLocation", + Fn: func(req *request.Request) { + if req.Error != nil { + return + } + + out := req.Data.(*GetBucketLocationOutput) + loc := NormalizeBucketLocation(aws.StringValue(out.LocationConstraint)) + out.LocationConstraint = aws.String(loc) + }, +} + +// WithNormalizeBucketLocation is a request option which will update the +// GetBucketLocation's result LocationConstraint value to always be a region ID. +// +// Replaces empty string with "us-east-1", and "EU" with "eu-west-1". +// +// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETlocation.html +// for more information on the values that can be returned. +// +// result, err := svc.GetBucketLocationWithContext(ctx, +// &s3.GetBucketLocationInput{ +// Bucket: aws.String(bucket), +// }, +// s3.WithNormalizeBucketLocation, +// ) +func WithNormalizeBucketLocation(r *request.Request) { + r.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(NormalizeBucketLocationHandler) +} + +func buildGetBucketLocation(r *request.Request) { + if r.DataFilled() { + out := r.Data.(*GetBucketLocationOutput) + b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed reading response body", err) + return + } + + match := reBucketLocation.FindSubmatch(b) + if len(match) > 1 { + loc := string(match[1]) + out.LocationConstraint = aws.String(loc) + } + } +} + +func populateLocationConstraint(r *request.Request) { + if r.ParamsFilled() && aws.StringValue(r.Config.Region) != "us-east-1" { + in := r.Params.(*CreateBucketInput) + if in.CreateBucketConfiguration == nil { + r.Params = awsutil.CopyOf(r.Params) + in = r.Params.(*CreateBucketInput) + in.CreateBucketConfiguration = &CreateBucketConfiguration{ + LocationConstraint: r.Config.Region, + } + } + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/content_md5.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/content_md5.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9fc5df9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/content_md5.go @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "crypto/md5" + "encoding/base64" + "io" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// contentMD5 computes and sets the HTTP Content-MD5 header for requests that +// require it. +func contentMD5(r *request.Request) { + h := md5.New() + + // hash the body. seek back to the first position after reading to reset + // the body for transmission. copy errors may be assumed to be from the + // body. + _, err := io.Copy(h, r.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("ContentMD5", "failed to read body", err) + return + } + _, err = r.Body.Seek(0, 0) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("ContentMD5", "failed to seek body", err) + return + } + + // encode the md5 checksum in base64 and set the request header. + sum := h.Sum(nil) + sum64 := make([]byte, base64.StdEncoding.EncodedLen(len(sum))) + base64.StdEncoding.Encode(sum64, sum) + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("Content-MD5", string(sum64)) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/customizations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/customizations.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8463347 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/customizations.go @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +func init() { + initClient = defaultInitClientFn + initRequest = defaultInitRequestFn +} + +func defaultInitClientFn(c *client.Client) { + // Support building custom endpoints based on config + c.Handlers.Build.PushFront(updateEndpointForS3Config) + + // Require SSL when using SSE keys + c.Handlers.Validate.PushBack(validateSSERequiresSSL) + c.Handlers.Build.PushBack(computeSSEKeys) + + // S3 uses custom error unmarshaling logic + c.Handlers.UnmarshalError.Clear() + c.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBack(unmarshalError) +} + +func defaultInitRequestFn(r *request.Request) { + // Add reuest handlers for specific platforms. + // e.g. 100-continue support for PUT requests using Go 1.6 + platformRequestHandlers(r) + + switch r.Operation.Name { + case opPutBucketCors, opPutBucketLifecycle, opPutBucketPolicy, + opPutBucketTagging, opDeleteObjects, opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration, + opPutBucketReplication: + // These S3 operations require Content-MD5 to be set + r.Handlers.Build.PushBack(contentMD5) + case opGetBucketLocation: + // GetBucketLocation has custom parsing logic + r.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushFront(buildGetBucketLocation) + case opCreateBucket: + // Auto-populate LocationConstraint with current region + r.Handlers.Validate.PushFront(populateLocationConstraint) + case opCopyObject, opUploadPartCopy, opCompleteMultipartUpload: + r.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushFront(copyMultipartStatusOKUnmarhsalError) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f045fd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +// Package s3 provides the client and types for making API +// requests to Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01 for more information on this service. +// +// See s3 package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/ +// +// Using the Client +// +// To use the client for Amazon Simple Storage Service you will first need +// to create a new instance of it. +// +// When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session +// already created. The Session provides configuration that can be shared +// between multiple service clients. Additional configuration can be applied to +// the Session and service's client when they are constructed. The aws package's +// Config type contains several fields such as Region for the AWS Region the +// client should make API requests too. The optional Config value can be provided +// as the variadic argument for Sessions and client creation. +// +// Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the +// AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. +// +// // Create a session to share configuration, and load external configuration. +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// +// // Create the service's client with the session. +// svc := s3.New(sess) +// +// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use service clients. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ +// +// See aws package's Config type for more information on configuration options. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config +// +// See the Amazon Simple Storage Service client S3 for more +// information on creating the service's client. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/#New +// +// Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. +// Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response +// and an error. +// +// The API method will document which error codes the service can be returned +// by the operation if the service models the API operation's errors. These +// errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode". +// +// result, err := svc.AbortMultipartUpload(params) +// if err != nil { +// // Cast err to awserr.Error to handle specific error codes. +// aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error) +// if ok && aerr.Code() == { +// // Specific error code handling +// } +// return err +// } +// +// fmt.Println("AbortMultipartUpload result:") +// fmt.Println(result) +// +// Using the Client with Context +// +// The service's client also provides methods to make API requests with a Context +// value. This allows you to control the timeout, and cancellation of pending +// requests. These methods also take request Option as variadic parameter to apply +// additional configuration to the API request. +// +// ctx := context.Background() +// +// result, err := svc.AbortMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx, params) +// +// See the request package documentation for more information on using Context pattern +// with the SDK. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/request/ +package s3 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc_custom.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc_custom.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b794a63 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc_custom.go @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +// Upload Managers +// +// The s3manager package's Uploader provides concurrent upload of content to S3 +// by taking advantage of S3's Multipart APIs. The Uploader also supports both +// io.Reader for streaming uploads, and will also take advantage of io.ReadSeeker +// for optimizations if the Body satisfies that type. Once the Uploader instance +// is created you can call Upload concurrently from multiple goroutines safely. +// +// // The session the S3 Uploader will use +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// +// // Create an uploader with the session and default options +// uploader := s3manager.NewUploader(sess) +// +// f, err := os.Open(filename) +// if err != nil { +// return fmt.Errorf("failed to open file %q, %v", filename, err) +// } +// +// // Upload the file to S3. +// result, err := uploader.Upload(&s3manager.UploadInput{ +// Bucket: aws.String(myBucket), +// Key: aws.String(myString), +// Body: f, +// }) +// if err != nil { +// return fmt.Errorf("failed to upload file, %v", err) +// } +// fmt.Printf("file uploaded to, %s\n", aws.StringValue(result.Location)) +// +// See the s3manager package's Uploader type documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/#Uploader +// +// Download Manager +// +// The s3manager package's Downloader provides concurrently downloading of Objects +// from S3. The Downloader will write S3 Object content with an io.WriterAt. +// Once the Downloader instance is created you can call Upload concurrently from +// multiple goroutines safely. +// +// // The session the S3 Downloader will use +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// +// // Create a downloader with the session and default options +// downloader := s3manager.NewDownloader(sess) +// +// // Create a file to write the S3 Object contents to. +// f, err := os.Create(filename) +// if err != nil { +// return fmt.Errorf("failed to create file %q, %v", filename, err) +// } +// +// // Write the contents of S3 Object to the file +// n, err := downloader.Download(f, &s3.GetObjectInput{ +// Bucket: aws.String(myBucket), +// Key: aws.String(myString), +// }) +// if err != nil { +// return fmt.Errorf("failed to upload file, %v", err) +// } +// fmt.Printf("file downloaded, %d bytes\n", n) +// +// See the s3manager package's Downloader type documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/#Downloader +// +// Get Bucket Region +// +// GetBucketRegion will attempt to get the region for a bucket using a region +// hint to determine which AWS partition to perform the query on. Use this utility +// to determine the region a bucket is in. +// +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// +// bucket := "my-bucket" +// region, err := s3manager.GetBucketRegion(ctx, sess, bucket, "us-west-2") +// if err != nil { +// if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok && aerr.Code() == "NotFound" { +// fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "unable to find bucket %s's region not found\n", bucket) +// } +// return err +// } +// fmt.Printf("Bucket %s is in %s region\n", bucket, region) +// +// See the s3manager package's GetBucketRegion function documentation for more information +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/#GetBucketRegion +// +// S3 Crypto Client +// +// The s3crypto package provides the tools to upload and download encrypted +// content from S3. The Encryption and Decryption clients can be used concurrently +// once the client is created. +// +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// +// // Create the decryption client. +// svc := s3crypto.NewDecryptionClient(sess) +// +// // The object will be downloaded from S3 and decrypted locally. By metadata +// // about the object's encryption will instruct the decryption client how +// // decrypt the content of the object. By default KMS is used for keys. +// result, err := svc.GetObject(&s3.GetObjectInput { +// Bucket: aws.String(myBucket), +// Key: aws.String(myKey), +// }) +// +// See the s3crypto package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3crypto/ +// +package s3 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..931cb17 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package s3 + +const ( + + // ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists for service response error code + // "BucketAlreadyExists". + // + // The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared + // by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again. + ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists = "BucketAlreadyExists" + + // ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou for service response error code + // "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou". + ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou = "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou" + + // ErrCodeNoSuchBucket for service response error code + // "NoSuchBucket". + // + // The specified bucket does not exist. + ErrCodeNoSuchBucket = "NoSuchBucket" + + // ErrCodeNoSuchKey for service response error code + // "NoSuchKey". + // + // The specified key does not exist. + ErrCodeNoSuchKey = "NoSuchKey" + + // ErrCodeNoSuchUpload for service response error code + // "NoSuchUpload". + // + // The specified multipart upload does not exist. + ErrCodeNoSuchUpload = "NoSuchUpload" + + // ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError for service response error code + // "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError". + // + // This operation is not allowed against this storage tier + ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError = "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError" + + // ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError for service response error code + // "ObjectNotInActiveTierError". + // + // The source object of the COPY operation is not in the active tier and is + // only stored in Amazon Glacier. + ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError = "ObjectNotInActiveTierError" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec3ffe4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/url" + "regexp" + "strings" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// an operationBlacklist is a list of operation names that should a +// request handler should not be executed with. +type operationBlacklist []string + +// Continue will return true of the Request's operation name is not +// in the blacklist. False otherwise. +func (b operationBlacklist) Continue(r *request.Request) bool { + for i := 0; i < len(b); i++ { + if b[i] == r.Operation.Name { + return false + } + } + return true +} + +var accelerateOpBlacklist = operationBlacklist{ + opListBuckets, opCreateBucket, opDeleteBucket, +} + +// Request handler to automatically add the bucket name to the endpoint domain +// if possible. This style of bucket is valid for all bucket names which are +// DNS compatible and do not contain "." +func updateEndpointForS3Config(r *request.Request) { + forceHostStyle := aws.BoolValue(r.Config.S3ForcePathStyle) + accelerate := aws.BoolValue(r.Config.S3UseAccelerate) + + if accelerate && accelerateOpBlacklist.Continue(r) { + if forceHostStyle { + if r.Config.Logger != nil { + r.Config.Logger.Log("ERROR: aws.Config.S3UseAccelerate is not compatible with aws.Config.S3ForcePathStyle, ignoring S3ForcePathStyle.") + } + } + updateEndpointForAccelerate(r) + } else if !forceHostStyle && r.Operation.Name != opGetBucketLocation { + updateEndpointForHostStyle(r) + } +} + +func updateEndpointForHostStyle(r *request.Request) { + bucket, ok := bucketNameFromReqParams(r.Params) + if !ok { + // Ignore operation requests if the bucketname was not provided + // if this is an input validation error the validation handler + // will report it. + return + } + + if !hostCompatibleBucketName(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket) { + // bucket name must be valid to put into the host + return + } + + moveBucketToHost(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket) +} + +var ( + accelElem = []byte("s3-accelerate.dualstack.") +) + +func updateEndpointForAccelerate(r *request.Request) { + bucket, ok := bucketNameFromReqParams(r.Params) + if !ok { + // Ignore operation requests if the bucketname was not provided + // if this is an input validation error the validation handler + // will report it. + return + } + + if !hostCompatibleBucketName(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket) { + r.Error = awserr.New("InvalidParameterException", + fmt.Sprintf("bucket name %s is not compatible with S3 Accelerate", bucket), + nil) + return + } + + parts := strings.Split(r.HTTPRequest.URL.Host, ".") + if len(parts) < 3 { + r.Error = awserr.New("InvalidParameterExecption", + fmt.Sprintf("unable to update endpoint host for S3 accelerate, hostname invalid, %s", + r.HTTPRequest.URL.Host), nil) + return + } + + if parts[0] == "s3" || strings.HasPrefix(parts[0], "s3-") { + parts[0] = "s3-accelerate" + } + for i := 1; i+1 < len(parts); i++ { + if parts[i] == aws.StringValue(r.Config.Region) { + parts = append(parts[:i], parts[i+1:]...) + break + } + } + + r.HTTPRequest.URL.Host = strings.Join(parts, ".") + + moveBucketToHost(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket) +} + +// Attempts to retrieve the bucket name from the request input parameters. +// If no bucket is found, or the field is empty "", false will be returned. +func bucketNameFromReqParams(params interface{}) (string, bool) { + b, _ := awsutil.ValuesAtPath(params, "Bucket") + if len(b) == 0 { + return "", false + } + + if bucket, ok := b[0].(*string); ok { + if bucketStr := aws.StringValue(bucket); bucketStr != "" { + return bucketStr, true + } + } + + return "", false +} + +// hostCompatibleBucketName returns true if the request should +// put the bucket in the host. This is false if S3ForcePathStyle is +// explicitly set or if the bucket is not DNS compatible. +func hostCompatibleBucketName(u *url.URL, bucket string) bool { + // Bucket might be DNS compatible but dots in the hostname will fail + // certificate validation, so do not use host-style. + if u.Scheme == "https" && strings.Contains(bucket, ".") { + return false + } + + // if the bucket is DNS compatible + return dnsCompatibleBucketName(bucket) +} + +var reDomain = regexp.MustCompile(`^[a-z0-9][a-z0-9\.\-]{1,61}[a-z0-9]$`) +var reIPAddress = regexp.MustCompile(`^(\d+\.){3}\d+$`) + +// dnsCompatibleBucketName returns true if the bucket name is DNS compatible. +// Buckets created outside of the classic region MUST be DNS compatible. +func dnsCompatibleBucketName(bucket string) bool { + return reDomain.MatchString(bucket) && + !reIPAddress.MatchString(bucket) && + !strings.Contains(bucket, "..") +} + +// moveBucketToHost moves the bucket name from the URI path to URL host. +func moveBucketToHost(u *url.URL, bucket string) { + u.Host = bucket + "." + u.Host + u.Path = strings.Replace(u.Path, "/{Bucket}", "", -1) + if u.Path == "" { + u.Path = "/" + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e6f330 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers.go @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +// +build !go1.6 + +package s3 + +import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + +func platformRequestHandlers(r *request.Request) { +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers_go1.6.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers_go1.6.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14d05f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers_go1.6.go @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +// +build go1.6 + +package s3 + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +func platformRequestHandlers(r *request.Request) { + if r.Operation.HTTPMethod == "PUT" { + // 100-Continue should only be used on put requests. + r.Handlers.Sign.PushBack(add100Continue) + } +} + +func add100Continue(r *request.Request) { + if aws.BoolValue(r.Config.S3Disable100Continue) { + return + } + if r.HTTPRequest.ContentLength < 1024*1024*2 { + // Ignore requests smaller than 2MB. This helps prevent delaying + // requests unnecessarily. + return + } + + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("Expect", "100-Continue") +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..614e477 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package s3 + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml" +) + +// S3 provides the API operation methods for making requests to +// Amazon Simple Storage Service. See this package's package overview docs +// for details on the service. +// +// S3 methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to +// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though. +type S3 struct { + *client.Client +} + +// Used for custom client initialization logic +var initClient func(*client.Client) + +// Used for custom request initialization logic +var initRequest func(*request.Request) + +// Service information constants +const ( + ServiceName = "s3" // Service endpoint prefix API calls made to. + EndpointsID = ServiceName // Service ID for Regions and Endpoints metadata. +) + +// New creates a new instance of the S3 client with a session. +// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional +// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. +// +// Example: +// // Create a S3 client from just a session. +// svc := s3.New(mySession) +// +// // Create a S3 client with additional configuration +// svc := s3.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) +func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *S3 { + c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) +} + +// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *S3 { + svc := &S3{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: ServiceName, + SigningName: signingName, + SigningRegion: signingRegion, + Endpoint: endpoint, + APIVersion: "2006-03-01", + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + // Handlers + svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler) + svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(restxml.BuildHandler) + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(restxml.UnmarshalMetaHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed(restxml.UnmarshalErrorHandler) + + // Run custom client initialization if present + if initClient != nil { + initClient(svc.Client) + } + + return svc +} + +// newRequest creates a new request for a S3 operation and runs any +// custom request initialization. +func (c *S3) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request { + req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data) + + // Run custom request initialization if present + if initRequest != nil { + initRequest(req) + } + + return req +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/sse.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/sse.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..268ea2f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/sse.go @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "crypto/md5" + "encoding/base64" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +var errSSERequiresSSL = awserr.New("ConfigError", "cannot send SSE keys over HTTP.", nil) + +func validateSSERequiresSSL(r *request.Request) { + if r.HTTPRequest.URL.Scheme != "https" { + p, _ := awsutil.ValuesAtPath(r.Params, "SSECustomerKey||CopySourceSSECustomerKey") + if len(p) > 0 { + r.Error = errSSERequiresSSL + } + } +} + +func computeSSEKeys(r *request.Request) { + headers := []string{ + "x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key", + "x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key", + } + + for _, h := range headers { + md5h := h + "-md5" + if key := r.HTTPRequest.Header.Get(h); key != "" { + // Base64-encode the value + b64v := base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString([]byte(key)) + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set(h, b64v) + + // Add MD5 if it wasn't computed + if r.HTTPRequest.Header.Get(md5h) == "" { + sum := md5.Sum([]byte(key)) + b64sum := base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(sum[:]) + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set(md5h, b64sum) + } + } + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/statusok_error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/statusok_error.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a78fd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/statusok_error.go @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "bytes" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +func copyMultipartStatusOKUnmarhsalError(r *request.Request) { + b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "unable to read response body", err) + return + } + body := bytes.NewReader(b) + r.HTTPResponse.Body = ioutil.NopCloser(body) + defer body.Seek(0, 0) + + if body.Len() == 0 { + // If there is no body don't attempt to parse the body. + return + } + + unmarshalError(r) + if err, ok := r.Error.(awserr.Error); ok && err != nil { + if err.Code() == "SerializationError" { + r.Error = nil + return + } + r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode = http.StatusServiceUnavailable + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/unmarshal_error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/unmarshal_error.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bcca862 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/unmarshal_error.go @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "encoding/xml" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http" + "strings" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +type xmlErrorResponse struct { + XMLName xml.Name `xml:"Error"` + Code string `xml:"Code"` + Message string `xml:"Message"` +} + +func unmarshalError(r *request.Request) { + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + defer io.Copy(ioutil.Discard, r.HTTPResponse.Body) + + hostID := r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("X-Amz-Id-2") + + // Bucket exists in a different region, and request needs + // to be made to the correct region. + if r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode == http.StatusMovedPermanently { + r.Error = requestFailure{ + RequestFailure: awserr.NewRequestFailure( + awserr.New("BucketRegionError", + fmt.Sprintf("incorrect region, the bucket is not in '%s' region", + aws.StringValue(r.Config.Region)), + nil), + r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, + r.RequestID, + ), + hostID: hostID, + } + return + } + + var errCode, errMsg string + + // Attempt to parse error from body if it is known + resp := &xmlErrorResponse{} + err := xml.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body).Decode(resp) + if err != nil && err != io.EOF { + errCode = "SerializationError" + errMsg = "failed to decode S3 XML error response" + } else { + errCode = resp.Code + errMsg = resp.Message + err = nil + } + + // Fallback to status code converted to message if still no error code + if len(errCode) == 0 { + statusText := http.StatusText(r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode) + errCode = strings.Replace(statusText, " ", "", -1) + errMsg = statusText + } + + r.Error = requestFailure{ + RequestFailure: awserr.NewRequestFailure( + awserr.New(errCode, errMsg, err), + r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, + r.RequestID, + ), + hostID: hostID, + } +} + +// A RequestFailure provides access to the S3 Request ID and Host ID values +// returned from API operation errors. Getting the error as a string will +// return the formated error with the same information as awserr.RequestFailure, +// while also adding the HostID value from the response. +type RequestFailure interface { + awserr.RequestFailure + + // Host ID is the S3 Host ID needed for debug, and contacting support + HostID() string +} + +type requestFailure struct { + awserr.RequestFailure + + hostID string +} + +func (r requestFailure) Error() string { + extra := fmt.Sprintf("status code: %d, request id: %s, host id: %s", + r.StatusCode(), r.RequestID(), r.hostID) + return awserr.SprintError(r.Code(), r.Message(), extra, r.OrigErr()) +} +func (r requestFailure) String() string { + return r.Error() +} +func (r requestFailure) HostID() string { + return r.hostID +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cccfa8c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package s3 + +import ( + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// WaitUntilBucketExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation +// HeadBucket to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketExists(input *HeadBucketInput) error { + return c.WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input) +} + +// WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilBucketExists. +// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the +// Waiter and the underlying request options. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error { + w := request.Waiter{ + Name: "WaitUntilBucketExists", + MaxAttempts: 20, + Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second), + Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{ + { + State: request.SuccessWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 200, + }, + { + State: request.SuccessWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 301, + }, + { + State: request.SuccessWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 403, + }, + { + State: request.RetryWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 404, + }, + }, + Logger: c.Config.Logger, + NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *HeadBucketInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.HeadBucketRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + w.ApplyOptions(opts...) + + return w.WaitWithContext(ctx) +} + +// WaitUntilBucketNotExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation +// HeadBucket to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketNotExists(input *HeadBucketInput) error { + return c.WaitUntilBucketNotExistsWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input) +} + +// WaitUntilBucketNotExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilBucketNotExists. +// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the +// Waiter and the underlying request options. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketNotExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error { + w := request.Waiter{ + Name: "WaitUntilBucketNotExists", + MaxAttempts: 20, + Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second), + Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{ + { + State: request.SuccessWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 404, + }, + }, + Logger: c.Config.Logger, + NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *HeadBucketInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.HeadBucketRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + w.ApplyOptions(opts...) + + return w.WaitWithContext(ctx) +} + +// WaitUntilObjectExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation +// HeadObject to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectExists(input *HeadObjectInput) error { + return c.WaitUntilObjectExistsWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input) +} + +// WaitUntilObjectExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilObjectExists. +// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the +// Waiter and the underlying request options. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error { + w := request.Waiter{ + Name: "WaitUntilObjectExists", + MaxAttempts: 20, + Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second), + Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{ + { + State: request.SuccessWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 200, + }, + { + State: request.RetryWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 404, + }, + }, + Logger: c.Config.Logger, + NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *HeadObjectInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.HeadObjectRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + w.ApplyOptions(opts...) + + return w.WaitWithContext(ctx) +} + +// WaitUntilObjectNotExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation +// HeadObject to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectNotExists(input *HeadObjectInput) error { + return c.WaitUntilObjectNotExistsWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input) +} + +// WaitUntilObjectNotExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilObjectNotExists. +// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the +// Waiter and the underlying request options. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectNotExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error { + w := request.Waiter{ + Name: "WaitUntilObjectNotExists", + MaxAttempts: 20, + Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second), + Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{ + { + State: request.SuccessWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 404, + }, + }, + Logger: c.Config.Logger, + NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *HeadObjectInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.HeadObjectRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + w.ApplyOptions(opts...) + + return w.WaitWithContext(ctx) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2de6528 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,2365 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package sts + +import ( + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +const opAssumeRole = "AssumeRole" + +// AssumeRoleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the AssumeRole operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See AssumeRole for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the AssumeRole method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the AssumeRoleRequest method. +// req, resp := client.AssumeRoleRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRole +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleRequest(input *AssumeRoleInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssumeRoleOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opAssumeRole, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &AssumeRoleInput{} + } + + output = &AssumeRoleOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// AssumeRole API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access +// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token) that you can use to access +// AWS resources that you might not normally have access to. Typically, you +// use AssumeRole for cross-account access or federation. For a comparison of +// AssumeRole with the other APIs that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting +// Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Important: You cannot call AssumeRole by using AWS root account credentials; +// access is denied. You must use credentials for an IAM user or an IAM role +// to call AssumeRole. +// +// For cross-account access, imagine that you own multiple accounts and need +// to access resources in each account. You could create long-term credentials +// in each account to access those resources. However, managing all those credentials +// and remembering which one can access which account can be time consuming. +// Instead, you can create one set of long-term credentials in one account and +// then use temporary security credentials to access all the other accounts +// by assuming roles in those accounts. For more information about roles, see +// IAM Roles (Delegation and Federation) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For federation, you can, for example, grant single sign-on access to the +// AWS Management Console. If you already have an identity and authentication +// system in your corporate network, you don't have to recreate user identities +// in AWS in order to grant those user identities access to AWS. Instead, after +// a user has been authenticated, you call AssumeRole (and specify the role +// with the appropriate permissions) to get temporary security credentials for +// that user. With those temporary security credentials, you construct a sign-in +// URL that users can use to access the console. For more information, see Common +// Scenarios for Temporary Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp.html#sts-introduction) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials are valid for the duration that you specified +// when calling AssumeRole, which can be from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to a +// maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). The default is 1 hour. +// +// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRole can be used to make +// API calls to any AWS service with the following exception: you cannot call +// the STS service's GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken APIs. +// +// Optionally, you can pass an IAM access policy to this operation. If you choose +// not to pass a policy, the temporary security credentials that are returned +// by the operation have the permissions that are defined in the access policy +// of the role that is being assumed. If you pass a policy to this operation, +// the temporary security credentials that are returned by the operation have +// the permissions that are allowed by both the access policy of the role that +// is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further +// restrict the permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. +// You cannot use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess +// of those allowed by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. +// For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML, +// and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// To assume a role, your AWS account must be trusted by the role. The trust +// relationship is defined in the role's trust policy when the role is created. +// That trust policy states which accounts are allowed to delegate access to +// this account's role. +// +// The user who wants to access the role must also have permissions delegated +// from the role's administrator. If the user is in a different account than +// the role, then the user's administrator must attach a policy that allows +// the user to call AssumeRole on the ARN of the role in the other account. +// If the user is in the same account as the role, then you can either attach +// a policy to the user (identical to the previous different account user), +// or you can add the user as a principal directly in the role's trust policy +// +// Using MFA with AssumeRole +// +// You can optionally include multi-factor authentication (MFA) information +// when you call AssumeRole. This is useful for cross-account scenarios in which +// you want to make sure that the user who is assuming the role has been authenticated +// using an AWS MFA device. In that scenario, the trust policy of the role being +// assumed includes a condition that tests for MFA authentication; if the caller +// does not include valid MFA information, the request to assume the role is +// denied. The condition in a trust policy that tests for MFA authentication +// might look like the following example. +// +// "Condition": {"Bool": {"aws:MultiFactorAuthPresent": true}} +// +// For more information, see Configuring MFA-Protected API Access (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/MFAProtectedAPI.html) +// in the IAM User Guide guide. +// +// To use MFA with AssumeRole, you pass values for the SerialNumber and TokenCode +// parameters. The SerialNumber value identifies the user's hardware or virtual +// MFA device. The TokenCode is the time-based one-time password (TOTP) that +// the MFA devices produces. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation AssumeRole for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRole +func (c *STS) AssumeRole(input *AssumeRoleInput) (*AssumeRoleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// AssumeRoleWithContext is the same as AssumeRole with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See AssumeRole for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssumeRoleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssumeRoleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opAssumeRoleWithSAML = "AssumeRoleWithSAML" + +// AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the AssumeRoleWithSAML operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See AssumeRoleWithSAML for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the AssumeRoleWithSAML method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest method. +// req, resp := client.AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAML +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opAssumeRoleWithSAML, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput{} + } + + output = &AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// AssumeRoleWithSAML API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated +// via a SAML authentication response. This operation provides a mechanism for +// tying an enterprise identity store or directory to role-based AWS access +// without user-specific credentials or configuration. For a comparison of AssumeRoleWithSAML +// with the other APIs that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary +// Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials returned by this operation consist of +// an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Applications +// can use these temporary security credentials to sign calls to AWS services. +// +// The temporary security credentials are valid for the duration that you specified +// when calling AssumeRole, or until the time specified in the SAML authentication +// response's SessionNotOnOrAfter value, whichever is shorter. The duration +// can be from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). +// The default is 1 hour. +// +// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithSAML can be used +// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exception: you cannot +// call the STS service's GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken APIs. +// +// Optionally, you can pass an IAM access policy to this operation. If you choose +// not to pass a policy, the temporary security credentials that are returned +// by the operation have the permissions that are defined in the access policy +// of the role that is being assumed. If you pass a policy to this operation, +// the temporary security credentials that are returned by the operation have +// the permissions that are allowed by the intersection of both the access policy +// of the role that is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This means +// that both policies must grant the permission for the action to be allowed. +// This gives you a way to further restrict the permissions for the resulting +// temporary security credentials. You cannot use the passed policy to grant +// permissions that are in excess of those allowed by the access policy of the +// role that is being assumed. For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, +// AssumeRoleWithSAML, and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Before your application can call AssumeRoleWithSAML, you must configure your +// SAML identity provider (IdP) to issue the claims required by AWS. Additionally, +// you must use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) to create a SAML provider +// entity in your AWS account that represents your identity provider, and create +// an IAM role that specifies this SAML provider in its trust policy. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML does not require the use of AWS security credentials. +// The identity of the caller is validated by using keys in the metadata document +// that is uploaded for the SAML provider entity for your identity provider. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML can result in an entry in your AWS CloudTrail +// logs. The entry includes the value in the NameID element of the SAML assertion. +// We recommend that you use a NameIDType that is not associated with any personally +// identifiable information (PII). For example, you could instead use the Persistent +// Identifier (urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent). +// +// For more information, see the following resources: +// +// * About SAML 2.0-based Federation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * Creating SAML Identity Providers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_create_saml.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * Configuring a Relying Party and Claims (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_create_saml_relying-party.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * Creating a Role for SAML 2.0 Federation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-idp_saml.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation AssumeRoleWithSAML for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException "IDPRejectedClaim" +// The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might +// be because the claim is invalid. +// +// If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it +// can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException "InvalidIdentityToken" +// The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get +// a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ErrCodeExpiredTokenException "ExpiredTokenException" +// The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a +// new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAML +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAML(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (*AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// AssumeRoleWithSAMLWithContext is the same as AssumeRoleWithSAML with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See AssumeRoleWithSAML for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opAssumeRoleWithWebIdentity = "AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity" + +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest method. +// req, resp := client.AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opAssumeRoleWithWebIdentity, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput{} + } + + output = &AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated +// in a mobile or web application with a web identity provider, such as Amazon +// Cognito, Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or any OpenID Connect-compatible +// identity provider. +// +// For mobile applications, we recommend that you use Amazon Cognito. You can +// use Amazon Cognito with the AWS SDK for iOS (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforios/) +// and the AWS SDK for Android (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforandroid/) to uniquely +// identify a user and supply the user with a consistent identity throughout +// the lifetime of an application. +// +// To learn more about Amazon Cognito, see Amazon Cognito Overview (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mobile/sdkforandroid/developerguide/cognito-auth.html#d0e840) +// in the AWS SDK for Android Developer Guide guide and Amazon Cognito Overview +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mobile/sdkforios/developerguide/cognito-auth.html#d0e664) +// in the AWS SDK for iOS Developer Guide. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity does not require the use of AWS security +// credentials. Therefore, you can distribute an application (for example, on +// mobile devices) that requests temporary security credentials without including +// long-term AWS credentials in the application, and without deploying server-based +// proxy services that use long-term AWS credentials. Instead, the identity +// of the caller is validated by using a token from the web identity provider. +// For a comparison of AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity with the other APIs that produce +// temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials returned by this API consist of an access +// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Applications can use these +// temporary security credentials to sign calls to AWS service APIs. +// +// The credentials are valid for the duration that you specified when calling +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity, which can be from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to +// a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). The default is 1 hour. +// +// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity can +// be used to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exception: +// you cannot call the STS service's GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken APIs. +// +// Optionally, you can pass an IAM access policy to this operation. If you choose +// not to pass a policy, the temporary security credentials that are returned +// by the operation have the permissions that are defined in the access policy +// of the role that is being assumed. If you pass a policy to this operation, +// the temporary security credentials that are returned by the operation have +// the permissions that are allowed by both the access policy of the role that +// is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further +// restrict the permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. +// You cannot use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess +// of those allowed by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. +// For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML, +// and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Before your application can call AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity, you must have +// an identity token from a supported identity provider and create a role that +// the application can assume. The role that your application assumes must trust +// the identity provider that is associated with the identity token. In other +// words, the identity provider must be specified in the role's trust policy. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity can result in an entry in your AWS CloudTrail +// logs. The entry includes the Subject (http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#Claims) +// of the provided Web Identity Token. We recommend that you avoid using any +// personally identifiable information (PII) in this field. For example, you +// could instead use a GUID or a pairwise identifier, as suggested in the OIDC +// specification (http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#SubjectIDTypes). +// +// For more information about how to use web identity federation and the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity +// API, see the following resources: +// +// * Using Web Identity Federation APIs for Mobile Apps (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc_manual.html) +// and Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity). +// +// +// * Web Identity Federation Playground (https://web-identity-federation-playground.s3.amazonaws.com/index.html). +// This interactive website lets you walk through the process of authenticating +// via Login with Amazon, Facebook, or Google, getting temporary security +// credentials, and then using those credentials to make a request to AWS. +// +// +// * AWS SDK for iOS (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforios/) and AWS SDK for Android +// (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforandroid/). These toolkits contain sample +// apps that show how to invoke the identity providers, and then how to use +// the information from these providers to get and use temporary security +// credentials. +// +// * Web Identity Federation with Mobile Applications (http://aws.amazon.com/articles/4617974389850313). +// This article discusses web identity federation and shows an example of +// how to use web identity federation to get access to content in Amazon +// S3. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException "IDPRejectedClaim" +// The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might +// be because the claim is invalid. +// +// If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it +// can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked. +// +// * ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException "IDPCommunicationError" +// The request could not be fulfilled because the non-AWS identity provider +// (IDP) that was asked to verify the incoming identity token could not be reached. +// This is often a transient error caused by network conditions. Retry the request +// a limited number of times so that you don't exceed the request rate. If the +// error persists, the non-AWS identity provider might be down or not responding. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException "InvalidIdentityToken" +// The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get +// a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ErrCodeExpiredTokenException "ExpiredTokenException" +// The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a +// new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) (*AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityWithContext is the same as AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDecodeAuthorizationMessage = "DecodeAuthorizationMessage" + +// DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DecodeAuthorizationMessage operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DecodeAuthorizationMessage for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DecodeAuthorizationMessage method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessage +func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) (req *request.Request, output *DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDecodeAuthorizationMessage, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput{} + } + + output = &DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DecodeAuthorizationMessage API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Decodes additional information about the authorization status of a request +// from an encoded message returned in response to an AWS request. +// +// For example, if a user is not authorized to perform an action that he or +// she has requested, the request returns a Client.UnauthorizedOperation response +// (an HTTP 403 response). Some AWS actions additionally return an encoded message +// that can provide details about this authorization failure. +// +// Only certain AWS actions return an encoded authorization message. The documentation +// for an individual action indicates whether that action returns an encoded +// message in addition to returning an HTTP code. +// +// The message is encoded because the details of the authorization status can +// constitute privileged information that the user who requested the action +// should not see. To decode an authorization status message, a user must be +// granted permissions via an IAM policy to request the DecodeAuthorizationMessage +// (sts:DecodeAuthorizationMessage) action. +// +// The decoded message includes the following type of information: +// +// * Whether the request was denied due to an explicit deny or due to the +// absence of an explicit allow. For more information, see Determining Whether +// a Request is Allowed or Denied (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-denyallow) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * The principal who made the request. +// +// * The requested action. +// +// * The requested resource. +// +// * The values of condition keys in the context of the user's request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation DecodeAuthorizationMessage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException" +// The error returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage was +// invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such as +// linebreaks. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessage +func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessage(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) (*DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DecodeAuthorizationMessageWithContext is the same as DecodeAuthorizationMessage with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DecodeAuthorizationMessage for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessageWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetCallerIdentity = "GetCallerIdentity" + +// GetCallerIdentityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetCallerIdentity operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetCallerIdentity for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetCallerIdentity method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetCallerIdentityRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetCallerIdentityRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentity +func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentityRequest(input *GetCallerIdentityInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCallerIdentityOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetCallerIdentity, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetCallerIdentityInput{} + } + + output = &GetCallerIdentityOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetCallerIdentity API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns details about the IAM identity whose credentials are used to call +// the API. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation GetCallerIdentity for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentity +func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentity(input *GetCallerIdentityInput) (*GetCallerIdentityOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCallerIdentityRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetCallerIdentityWithContext is the same as GetCallerIdentity with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetCallerIdentity for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCallerIdentityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCallerIdentityOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCallerIdentityRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetFederationToken = "GetFederationToken" + +// GetFederationTokenRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetFederationToken operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetFederationToken for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetFederationToken method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetFederationTokenRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetFederationTokenRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationToken +func (c *STS) GetFederationTokenRequest(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetFederationTokenOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetFederationToken, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetFederationTokenInput{} + } + + output = &GetFederationTokenOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetFederationToken API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access +// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token) for a federated user. +// A typical use is in a proxy application that gets temporary security credentials +// on behalf of distributed applications inside a corporate network. Because +// you must call the GetFederationToken action using the long-term security +// credentials of an IAM user, this call is appropriate in contexts where those +// credentials can be safely stored, usually in a server-based application. +// For a comparison of GetFederationToken with the other APIs that produce temporary +// credentials, see Requesting Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// If you are creating a mobile-based or browser-based app that can authenticate +// users using a web identity provider like Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, +// or an OpenID Connect-compatible identity provider, we recommend that you +// use Amazon Cognito (http://aws.amazon.com/cognito/) or AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity. +// For more information, see Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity). +// +// The GetFederationToken action must be called by using the long-term AWS security +// credentials of an IAM user. You can also call GetFederationToken using the +// security credentials of an AWS root account, but we do not recommended it. +// Instead, we recommend that you create an IAM user for the purpose of the +// proxy application and then attach a policy to the IAM user that limits federated +// users to only the actions and resources that they need access to. For more +// information, see IAM Best Practices (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/best-practices.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials that are obtained by using the long-term +// credentials of an IAM user are valid for the specified duration, from 900 +// seconds (15 minutes) up to a maximium of 129600 seconds (36 hours). The default +// is 43200 seconds (12 hours). Temporary credentials that are obtained by using +// AWS root account credentials have a maximum duration of 3600 seconds (1 hour). +// +// The temporary security credentials created by GetFederationToken can be used +// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exceptions: +// +// * You cannot use these credentials to call any IAM APIs. +// +// * You cannot call any STS APIs except GetCallerIdentity. +// +// Permissions +// +// The permissions for the temporary security credentials returned by GetFederationToken +// are determined by a combination of the following: +// +// * The policy or policies that are attached to the IAM user whose credentials +// are used to call GetFederationToken. +// +// * The policy that is passed as a parameter in the call. +// +// The passed policy is attached to the temporary security credentials that +// result from the GetFederationToken API call--that is, to the federated user. +// When the federated user makes an AWS request, AWS evaluates the policy attached +// to the federated user in combination with the policy or policies attached +// to the IAM user whose credentials were used to call GetFederationToken. AWS +// allows the federated user's request only when both the federated user and +// the IAM user are explicitly allowed to perform the requested action. The +// passed policy cannot grant more permissions than those that are defined in +// the IAM user policy. +// +// A typical use case is that the permissions of the IAM user whose credentials +// are used to call GetFederationToken are designed to allow access to all the +// actions and resources that any federated user will need. Then, for individual +// users, you pass a policy to the operation that scopes down the permissions +// to a level that's appropriate to that individual user, using a policy that +// allows only a subset of permissions that are granted to the IAM user. +// +// If you do not pass a policy, the resulting temporary security credentials +// have no effective permissions. The only exception is when the temporary security +// credentials are used to access a resource that has a resource-based policy +// that specifically allows the federated user to access the resource. +// +// For more information about how permissions work, see Permissions for GetFederationToken +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_getfederationtoken.html). +// For information about using GetFederationToken to create temporary security +// credentials, see GetFederationToken—Federation Through a Custom Identity +// Broker (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getfederationtoken). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation GetFederationToken for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationToken +func (c *STS) GetFederationToken(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (*GetFederationTokenOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetFederationTokenRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetFederationTokenWithContext is the same as GetFederationToken with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetFederationToken for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) GetFederationTokenWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFederationTokenInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetFederationTokenOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetFederationTokenRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetSessionToken = "GetSessionToken" + +// GetSessionTokenRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetSessionToken operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetSessionToken for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetSessionToken method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetSessionTokenRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetSessionTokenRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionToken +func (c *STS) GetSessionTokenRequest(input *GetSessionTokenInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSessionTokenOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetSessionToken, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetSessionTokenInput{} + } + + output = &GetSessionTokenOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetSessionToken API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary credentials for an AWS account or IAM user. The +// credentials consist of an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security +// token. Typically, you use GetSessionToken if you want to use MFA to protect +// programmatic calls to specific AWS APIs like Amazon EC2 StopInstances. MFA-enabled +// IAM users would need to call GetSessionToken and submit an MFA code that +// is associated with their MFA device. Using the temporary security credentials +// that are returned from the call, IAM users can then make programmatic calls +// to APIs that require MFA authentication. If you do not supply a correct MFA +// code, then the API returns an access denied error. For a comparison of GetSessionToken +// with the other APIs that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary +// Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The GetSessionToken action must be called by using the long-term AWS security +// credentials of the AWS account or an IAM user. Credentials that are created +// by IAM users are valid for the duration that you specify, from 900 seconds +// (15 minutes) up to a maximum of 129600 seconds (36 hours), with a default +// of 43200 seconds (12 hours); credentials that are created by using account +// credentials can range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to a maximum of 3600 +// seconds (1 hour), with a default of 1 hour. +// +// The temporary security credentials created by GetSessionToken can be used +// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exceptions: +// +// * You cannot call any IAM APIs unless MFA authentication information is +// included in the request. +// +// * You cannot call any STS API exceptAssumeRole or GetCallerIdentity. +// +// We recommend that you do not call GetSessionToken with root account credentials. +// Instead, follow our best practices (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/best-practices.html#create-iam-users) +// by creating one or more IAM users, giving them the necessary permissions, +// and using IAM users for everyday interaction with AWS. +// +// The permissions associated with the temporary security credentials returned +// by GetSessionToken are based on the permissions associated with account or +// IAM user whose credentials are used to call the action. If GetSessionToken +// is called using root account credentials, the temporary credentials have +// root account permissions. Similarly, if GetSessionToken is called using the +// credentials of an IAM user, the temporary credentials have the same permissions +// as the IAM user. +// +// For more information about using GetSessionToken to create temporary credentials, +// go to Temporary Credentials for Users in Untrusted Environments (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getsessiontoken) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation GetSessionToken for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionToken +func (c *STS) GetSessionToken(input *GetSessionTokenInput) (*GetSessionTokenOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetSessionTokenRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetSessionTokenWithContext is the same as GetSessionToken with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetSessionToken for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) GetSessionTokenWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSessionTokenInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSessionTokenOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetSessionTokenRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleRequest +type AssumeRoleInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, of the role session. The value can range from 900 + // seconds (15 minutes) to 3600 seconds (1 hour). By default, the value is set + // to 3600 seconds. + // + // This is separate from the duration of a console session that you might request + // using the returned credentials. The request to the federation endpoint for + // a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration parameter that specifies + // the maximum length of the console session, separately from the DurationSeconds + // parameter on this API. For more information, see Creating a URL that Enables + // Federated Users to Access the AWS Management Console (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // A unique identifier that is used by third parties when assuming roles in + // their customers' accounts. For each role that the third party can assume, + // they should instruct their customers to ensure the role's trust policy checks + // for the external ID that the third party generated. Each time the third party + // assumes the role, they should pass the customer's external ID. The external + // ID is useful in order to help third parties bind a role to the customer who + // created it. For more information about the external ID, see How to Use an + // External ID When Granting Access to Your AWS Resources to a Third Party (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-user_externalid.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The regex used to validated this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:\/- + ExternalId *string `min:"2" type:"string"` + + // An IAM policy in JSON format. + // + // This parameter is optional. If you pass a policy, the temporary security + // credentials that are returned by the operation have the permissions that + // are allowed by both (the intersection of) the access policy of the role that + // is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further + // restrict the permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. + // You cannot use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess + // of those allowed by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. + // For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML, + // and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string + // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any + // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character + // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), + // and carriage return (\u000D) characters. + // + // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal + // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit. + // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to + // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed + // size. + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role to assume. + // + // RoleArn is a required field + RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An identifier for the assumed role session. + // + // Use the role session name to uniquely identify a session when the same role + // is assumed by different principals or for different reasons. In cross-account + // scenarios, the role session name is visible to, and can be logged by the + // account that owns the role. The role session name is also used in the ARN + // of the assumed role principal. This means that subsequent cross-account API + // requests using the temporary security credentials will expose the role session + // name to the external account in their CloudTrail logs. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleSessionName is a required field + RoleSessionName *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the user + // who is making the AssumeRole call. Specify this value if the trust policy + // of the role being assumed includes a condition that requires MFA authentication. + // The value is either the serial number for a hardware device (such as GAHT12345678) + // or an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a virtual device (such as arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user). + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string"` + + // The value provided by the MFA device, if the trust policy of the role being + // assumed requires MFA (that is, if the policy includes a condition that tests + // for MFA). If the role being assumed requires MFA and if the TokenCode value + // is missing or expired, the AssumeRole call returns an "access denied" error. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a sequence + // of six numeric digits. + TokenCode *string `min:"6" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssumeRoleInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.ExternalId != nil && len(*s.ExternalId) < 2 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ExternalId", 2)) + } + if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1)) + } + if s.RoleArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) + } + if s.RoleArn != nil && len(*s.RoleArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleArn", 20)) + } + if s.RoleSessionName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleSessionName")) + } + if s.RoleSessionName != nil && len(*s.RoleSessionName) < 2 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleSessionName", 2)) + } + if s.SerialNumber != nil && len(*s.SerialNumber) < 9 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerialNumber", 9)) + } + if s.TokenCode != nil && len(*s.TokenCode) < 6 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TokenCode", 6)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetExternalId sets the ExternalId field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetExternalId(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.ExternalId = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetPolicy(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleSessionName sets the RoleSessionName field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetRoleSessionName(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.RoleSessionName = &v + return s +} + +// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.SerialNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetTokenCode sets the TokenCode field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetTokenCode(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.TokenCode = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRole request, including temporary +// AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleResponse +type AssumeRoleOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and the assumed role ID, which are identifiers + // that you can use to refer to the resulting temporary security credentials. + // For example, you can reference these credentials as a principal in a resource-based + // policy by using the ARN or assumed role ID. The ARN and ID include the RoleSessionName + // that you specified when you called AssumeRole. + AssumedRoleUser *AssumedRoleUser `type:"structure"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` + + // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form. + // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent, + // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space. + PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAssumedRoleUser sets the AssumedRoleUser field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleOutput) SetAssumedRoleUser(v *AssumedRoleUser) *AssumeRoleOutput { + s.AssumedRoleUser = v + return s +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *AssumeRoleOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} + +// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *AssumeRoleOutput { + s.PackedPolicySize = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest +type AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, of the role session. The value can range from 900 + // seconds (15 minutes) to 3600 seconds (1 hour). By default, the value is set + // to 3600 seconds. An expiration can also be specified in the SAML authentication + // response's SessionNotOnOrAfter value. The actual expiration time is whichever + // value is shorter. + // + // This is separate from the duration of a console session that you might request + // using the returned credentials. The request to the federation endpoint for + // a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration parameter that specifies + // the maximum length of the console session, separately from the DurationSeconds + // parameter on this API. For more information, see Enabling SAML 2.0 Federated + // Users to Access the AWS Management Console (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-saml.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // An IAM policy in JSON format. + // + // The policy parameter is optional. If you pass a policy, the temporary security + // credentials that are returned by the operation have the permissions that + // are allowed by both the access policy of the role that is being assumed, + // and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further restrict the + // permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. You cannot + // use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess of those allowed + // by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, + // Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML, and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity + // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string + // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any + // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character + // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), + // and carriage return (\u000D) characters. + // + // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal + // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit. + // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to + // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed + // size. + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider in IAM that describes + // the IdP. + // + // PrincipalArn is a required field + PrincipalArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that the caller is assuming. + // + // RoleArn is a required field + RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The base-64 encoded SAML authentication response provided by the IdP. + // + // For more information, see Configuring a Relying Party and Adding Claims (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/create-role-saml-IdP-tasks.html) + // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // SAMLAssertion is a required field + SAMLAssertion *string `min:"4" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1)) + } + if s.PrincipalArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PrincipalArn")) + } + if s.PrincipalArn != nil && len(*s.PrincipalArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PrincipalArn", 20)) + } + if s.RoleArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) + } + if s.RoleArn != nil && len(*s.RoleArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleArn", 20)) + } + if s.SAMLAssertion == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SAMLAssertion")) + } + if s.SAMLAssertion != nil && len(*s.SAMLAssertion) < 4 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SAMLAssertion", 4)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetPolicy(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrincipalArn sets the PrincipalArn field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetPrincipalArn(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.PrincipalArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetSAMLAssertion sets the SAMLAssertion field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetSAMLAssertion(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.SAMLAssertion = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRoleWithSAML request, including +// temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAMLResponse +type AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The identifiers for the temporary security credentials that the operation + // returns. + AssumedRoleUser *AssumedRoleUser `type:"structure"` + + // The value of the Recipient attribute of the SubjectConfirmationData element + // of the SAML assertion. + Audience *string `type:"string"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` + + // The value of the Issuer element of the SAML assertion. + Issuer *string `type:"string"` + + // A hash value based on the concatenation of the Issuer response value, the + // AWS account ID, and the friendly name (the last part of the ARN) of the SAML + // provider in IAM. The combination of NameQualifier and Subject can be used + // to uniquely identify a federated user. + // + // The following pseudocode shows how the hash value is calculated: + // + // BASE64 ( SHA1 ( "https://example.com/saml" + "123456789012" + "/MySAMLIdP" + // ) ) + NameQualifier *string `type:"string"` + + // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form. + // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent, + // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space. + PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The value of the NameID element in the Subject element of the SAML assertion. + Subject *string `type:"string"` + + // The format of the name ID, as defined by the Format attribute in the NameID + // element of the SAML assertion. Typical examples of the format are transient + // or persistent. + // + // If the format includes the prefix urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format, + // that prefix is removed. For example, urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:transient + // is returned as transient. If the format includes any other prefix, the format + // is returned with no modifications. + SubjectType *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAssumedRoleUser sets the AssumedRoleUser field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetAssumedRoleUser(v *AssumedRoleUser) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.AssumedRoleUser = v + return s +} + +// SetAudience sets the Audience field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetAudience(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.Audience = &v + return s +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} + +// SetIssuer sets the Issuer field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetIssuer(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.Issuer = &v + return s +} + +// SetNameQualifier sets the NameQualifier field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetNameQualifier(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.NameQualifier = &v + return s +} + +// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.PackedPolicySize = &v + return s +} + +// SetSubject sets the Subject field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetSubject(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.Subject = &v + return s +} + +// SetSubjectType sets the SubjectType field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetSubjectType(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.SubjectType = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest +type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, of the role session. The value can range from 900 + // seconds (15 minutes) to 3600 seconds (1 hour). By default, the value is set + // to 3600 seconds. + // + // This is separate from the duration of a console session that you might request + // using the returned credentials. The request to the federation endpoint for + // a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration parameter that specifies + // the maximum length of the console session, separately from the DurationSeconds + // parameter on this API. For more information, see Creating a URL that Enables + // Federated Users to Access the AWS Management Console (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // An IAM policy in JSON format. + // + // The policy parameter is optional. If you pass a policy, the temporary security + // credentials that are returned by the operation have the permissions that + // are allowed by both the access policy of the role that is being assumed, + // and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further restrict the + // permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. You cannot + // use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess of those allowed + // by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, + // see Permissions for AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string + // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any + // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character + // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), + // and carriage return (\u000D) characters. + // + // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal + // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit. + // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to + // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed + // size. + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The fully qualified host component of the domain name of the identity provider. + // + // Specify this value only for OAuth 2.0 access tokens. Currently www.amazon.com + // and graph.facebook.com are the only supported identity providers for OAuth + // 2.0 access tokens. Do not include URL schemes and port numbers. + // + // Do not specify this value for OpenID Connect ID tokens. + ProviderId *string `min:"4" type:"string"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that the caller is assuming. + // + // RoleArn is a required field + RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An identifier for the assumed role session. Typically, you pass the name + // or identifier that is associated with the user who is using your application. + // That way, the temporary security credentials that your application will use + // are associated with that user. This session name is included as part of the + // ARN and assumed role ID in the AssumedRoleUser response element. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleSessionName is a required field + RoleSessionName *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The OAuth 2.0 access token or OpenID Connect ID token that is provided by + // the identity provider. Your application must get this token by authenticating + // the user who is using your application with a web identity provider before + // the application makes an AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity call. + // + // WebIdentityToken is a required field + WebIdentityToken *string `min:"4" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1)) + } + if s.ProviderId != nil && len(*s.ProviderId) < 4 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProviderId", 4)) + } + if s.RoleArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) + } + if s.RoleArn != nil && len(*s.RoleArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleArn", 20)) + } + if s.RoleSessionName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleSessionName")) + } + if s.RoleSessionName != nil && len(*s.RoleSessionName) < 2 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleSessionName", 2)) + } + if s.WebIdentityToken == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebIdentityToken")) + } + if s.WebIdentityToken != nil && len(*s.WebIdentityToken) < 4 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("WebIdentityToken", 4)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetPolicy(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// SetProviderId sets the ProviderId field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetProviderId(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.ProviderId = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleSessionName sets the RoleSessionName field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetRoleSessionName(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.RoleSessionName = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebIdentityToken sets the WebIdentityToken field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetWebIdentityToken(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.WebIdentityToken = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity request, +// including temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityResponse +type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and the assumed role ID, which are identifiers + // that you can use to refer to the resulting temporary security credentials. + // For example, you can reference these credentials as a principal in a resource-based + // policy by using the ARN or assumed role ID. The ARN and ID include the RoleSessionName + // that you specified when you called AssumeRole. + AssumedRoleUser *AssumedRoleUser `type:"structure"` + + // The intended audience (also known as client ID) of the web identity token. + // This is traditionally the client identifier issued to the application that + // requested the web identity token. + Audience *string `type:"string"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` + + // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form. + // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent, + // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space. + PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The issuing authority of the web identity token presented. For OpenID Connect + // ID Tokens this contains the value of the iss field. For OAuth 2.0 access + // tokens, this contains the value of the ProviderId parameter that was passed + // in the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity request. + Provider *string `type:"string"` + + // The unique user identifier that is returned by the identity provider. This + // identifier is associated with the WebIdentityToken that was submitted with + // the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity call. The identifier is typically unique to + // the user and the application that acquired the WebIdentityToken (pairwise + // identifier). For OpenID Connect ID tokens, this field contains the value + // returned by the identity provider as the token's sub (Subject) claim. + SubjectFromWebIdentityToken *string `min:"6" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAssumedRoleUser sets the AssumedRoleUser field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetAssumedRoleUser(v *AssumedRoleUser) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.AssumedRoleUser = v + return s +} + +// SetAudience sets the Audience field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetAudience(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.Audience = &v + return s +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} + +// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.PackedPolicySize = &v + return s +} + +// SetProvider sets the Provider field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetProvider(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.Provider = &v + return s +} + +// SetSubjectFromWebIdentityToken sets the SubjectFromWebIdentityToken field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetSubjectFromWebIdentityToken(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.SubjectFromWebIdentityToken = &v + return s +} + +// The identifiers for the temporary security credentials that the operation +// returns. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumedRoleUser +type AssumedRoleUser struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN of the temporary security credentials that are returned from the + // AssumeRole action. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in + // policies, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) + // in Using IAM. + // + // Arn is a required field + Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A unique identifier that contains the role ID and the role session name of + // the role that is being assumed. The role ID is generated by AWS when the + // role is created. + // + // AssumedRoleId is a required field + AssumedRoleId *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumedRoleUser) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumedRoleUser) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *AssumedRoleUser) SetArn(v string) *AssumedRoleUser { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetAssumedRoleId sets the AssumedRoleId field's value. +func (s *AssumedRoleUser) SetAssumedRoleId(v string) *AssumedRoleUser { + s.AssumedRoleId = &v + return s +} + +// AWS credentials for API authentication. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/Credentials +type Credentials struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The access key ID that identifies the temporary security credentials. + // + // AccessKeyId is a required field + AccessKeyId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The date on which the current credentials expire. + // + // Expiration is a required field + Expiration *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` + + // The secret access key that can be used to sign requests. + // + // SecretAccessKey is a required field + SecretAccessKey *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The token that users must pass to the service API to use the temporary credentials. + // + // SessionToken is a required field + SessionToken *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Credentials) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Credentials) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAccessKeyId sets the AccessKeyId field's value. +func (s *Credentials) SetAccessKeyId(v string) *Credentials { + s.AccessKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *Credentials) SetExpiration(v time.Time) *Credentials { + s.Expiration = &v + return s +} + +// SetSecretAccessKey sets the SecretAccessKey field's value. +func (s *Credentials) SetSecretAccessKey(v string) *Credentials { + s.SecretAccessKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetSessionToken sets the SessionToken field's value. +func (s *Credentials) SetSessionToken(v string) *Credentials { + s.SessionToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest +type DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The encoded message that was returned with the response. + // + // EncodedMessage is a required field + EncodedMessage *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput"} + if s.EncodedMessage == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncodedMessage")) + } + if s.EncodedMessage != nil && len(*s.EncodedMessage) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EncodedMessage", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEncodedMessage sets the EncodedMessage field's value. +func (s *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) SetEncodedMessage(v string) *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput { + s.EncodedMessage = &v + return s +} + +// A document that contains additional information about the authorization status +// of a request from an encoded message that is returned in response to an AWS +// request. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessageResponse +type DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An XML document that contains the decoded message. + DecodedMessage *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDecodedMessage sets the DecodedMessage field's value. +func (s *DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) SetDecodedMessage(v string) *DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput { + s.DecodedMessage = &v + return s +} + +// Identifiers for the federated user that is associated with the credentials. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/FederatedUser +type FederatedUser struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN that specifies the federated user that is associated with the credentials. + // For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM + // Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) + // in Using IAM. + // + // Arn is a required field + Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The string that identifies the federated user associated with the credentials, + // similar to the unique ID of an IAM user. + // + // FederatedUserId is a required field + FederatedUserId *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s FederatedUser) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s FederatedUser) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *FederatedUser) SetArn(v string) *FederatedUser { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetFederatedUserId sets the FederatedUserId field's value. +func (s *FederatedUser) SetFederatedUserId(v string) *FederatedUser { + s.FederatedUserId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentityRequest +type GetCallerIdentityInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCallerIdentityInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCallerIdentityInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Contains the response to a successful GetCallerIdentity request, including +// information about the entity making the request. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentityResponse +type GetCallerIdentityOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The AWS account ID number of the account that owns or contains the calling + // entity. + Account *string `type:"string"` + + // The AWS ARN associated with the calling entity. + Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` + + // The unique identifier of the calling entity. The exact value depends on the + // type of entity making the call. The values returned are those listed in the + // aws:userid column in the Principal table (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_variables.html#principaltable) + // found on the Policy Variables reference page in the IAM User Guide. + UserId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCallerIdentityOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCallerIdentityOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAccount sets the Account field's value. +func (s *GetCallerIdentityOutput) SetAccount(v string) *GetCallerIdentityOutput { + s.Account = &v + return s +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *GetCallerIdentityOutput) SetArn(v string) *GetCallerIdentityOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value. +func (s *GetCallerIdentityOutput) SetUserId(v string) *GetCallerIdentityOutput { + s.UserId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationTokenRequest +type GetFederationTokenInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, that the session should last. Acceptable durations + // for federation sessions range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to 129600 seconds + // (36 hours), with 43200 seconds (12 hours) as the default. Sessions obtained + // using AWS account (root) credentials are restricted to a maximum of 3600 + // seconds (one hour). If the specified duration is longer than one hour, the + // session obtained by using AWS account (root) credentials defaults to one + // hour. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // The name of the federated user. The name is used as an identifier for the + // temporary security credentials (such as Bob). For example, you can reference + // the federated user name in a resource-based policy, such as in an Amazon + // S3 bucket policy. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An IAM policy in JSON format that is passed with the GetFederationToken call + // and evaluated along with the policy or policies that are attached to the + // IAM user whose credentials are used to call GetFederationToken. The passed + // policy is used to scope down the permissions that are available to the IAM + // user, by allowing only a subset of the permissions that are granted to the + // IAM user. The passed policy cannot grant more permissions than those granted + // to the IAM user. The final permissions for the federated user are the most + // restrictive set based on the intersection of the passed policy and the IAM + // user policy. + // + // If you do not pass a policy, the resulting temporary security credentials + // have no effective permissions. The only exception is when the temporary security + // credentials are used to access a resource that has a resource-based policy + // that specifically allows the federated user to access the resource. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string + // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any + // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character + // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), + // and carriage return (\u000D) characters. + // + // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal + // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit. + // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to + // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed + // size. + // + // For more information about how permissions work, see Permissions for GetFederationToken + // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_getfederationtoken.html). + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetFederationTokenInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetFederationTokenInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetFederationTokenInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 2 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 2)) + } + if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *GetFederationTokenInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetName(v string) *GetFederationTokenInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetFederationTokenInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful GetFederationToken request, including +// temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationTokenResponse +type GetFederationTokenOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` + + // Identifiers for the federated user associated with the credentials (such + // as arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Bob or 123456789012:Bob). You + // can use the federated user's ARN in your resource-based policies, such as + // an Amazon S3 bucket policy. + FederatedUser *FederatedUser `type:"structure"` + + // A percentage value indicating the size of the policy in packed form. The + // service rejects policies for which the packed size is greater than 100 percent + // of the allowed value. + PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetFederationTokenOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetFederationTokenOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *GetFederationTokenOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} + +// SetFederatedUser sets the FederatedUser field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenOutput) SetFederatedUser(v *FederatedUser) *GetFederationTokenOutput { + s.FederatedUser = v + return s +} + +// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *GetFederationTokenOutput { + s.PackedPolicySize = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionTokenRequest +type GetSessionTokenInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, that the credentials should remain valid. Acceptable + // durations for IAM user sessions range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to 129600 + // seconds (36 hours), with 43200 seconds (12 hours) as the default. Sessions + // for AWS account owners are restricted to a maximum of 3600 seconds (one hour). + // If the duration is longer than one hour, the session for AWS account owners + // defaults to one hour. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the IAM + // user who is making the GetSessionToken call. Specify this value if the IAM + // user has a policy that requires MFA authentication. The value is either the + // serial number for a hardware device (such as GAHT12345678) or an Amazon Resource + // Name (ARN) for a virtual device (such as arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user). + // You can find the device for an IAM user by going to the AWS Management Console + // and viewing the user's security credentials. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string"` + + // The value provided by the MFA device, if MFA is required. If any policy requires + // the IAM user to submit an MFA code, specify this value. If MFA authentication + // is required, and the user does not provide a code when requesting a set of + // temporary security credentials, the user will receive an "access denied" + // response when requesting resources that require MFA authentication. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a sequence + // of six numeric digits. + TokenCode *string `min:"6" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetSessionTokenInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetSessionTokenInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetSessionTokenInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.SerialNumber != nil && len(*s.SerialNumber) < 9 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerialNumber", 9)) + } + if s.TokenCode != nil && len(*s.TokenCode) < 6 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TokenCode", 6)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *GetSessionTokenInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. +func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *GetSessionTokenInput { + s.SerialNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetTokenCode sets the TokenCode field's value. +func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) SetTokenCode(v string) *GetSessionTokenInput { + s.TokenCode = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful GetSessionToken request, including +// temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionTokenResponse +type GetSessionTokenOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetSessionTokenOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetSessionTokenOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *GetSessionTokenOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *GetSessionTokenOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4010cc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +package sts + +import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + +func init() { + initRequest = func(r *request.Request) { + switch r.Operation.Name { + case opAssumeRoleWithSAML, opAssumeRoleWithWebIdentity: + r.Handlers.Sign.Clear() // these operations are unsigned + } + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2af518 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +// Package sts provides the client and types for making API +// requests to AWS Security Token Service. +// +// The AWS Security Token Service (STS) is a web service that enables you to +// request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for AWS Identity and Access +// Management (IAM) users or for users that you authenticate (federated users). +// This guide provides descriptions of the STS API. For more detailed information +// about using this service, go to Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp.html). +// +// As an alternative to using the API, you can use one of the AWS SDKs, which +// consist of libraries and sample code for various programming languages and +// platforms (Java, Ruby, .NET, iOS, Android, etc.). The SDKs provide a convenient +// way to create programmatic access to STS. For example, the SDKs take care +// of cryptographically signing requests, managing errors, and retrying requests +// automatically. For information about the AWS SDKs, including how to download +// and install them, see the Tools for Amazon Web Services page (http://aws.amazon.com/tools/). +// +// For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the +// API, go to Signing AWS API Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) +// in the AWS General Reference. For general information about the Query API, +// go to Making Query Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) +// in Using IAM. For information about using security tokens with other AWS +// products, go to AWS Services That Work with IAM (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_aws-services-that-work-with-iam.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// If you're new to AWS and need additional technical information about a specific +// AWS product, you can find the product's technical documentation at http://aws.amazon.com/documentation/ +// (http://aws.amazon.com/documentation/). +// +// Endpoints +// +// The AWS Security Token Service (STS) has a default endpoint of https://sts.amazonaws.com +// that maps to the US East (N. Virginia) region. Additional regions are available +// and are activated by default. For more information, see Activating and Deactivating +// AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For information about STS endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#sts_region) +// in the AWS General Reference. +// +// Recording API requests +// +// STS supports AWS CloudTrail, which is a service that records AWS calls for +// your AWS account and delivers log files to an Amazon S3 bucket. By using +// information collected by CloudTrail, you can determine what requests were +// successfully made to STS, who made the request, when it was made, and so +// on. To learn more about CloudTrail, including how to turn it on and find +// your log files, see the AWS CloudTrail User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/what_is_cloud_trail_top_level.html). +// +// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15 for more information on this service. +// +// See sts package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/sts/ +// +// Using the Client +// +// To use the client for AWS Security Token Service you will first need +// to create a new instance of it. +// +// When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session +// already created. The Session provides configuration that can be shared +// between multiple service clients. Additional configuration can be applied to +// the Session and service's client when they are constructed. The aws package's +// Config type contains several fields such as Region for the AWS Region the +// client should make API requests too. The optional Config value can be provided +// as the variadic argument for Sessions and client creation. +// +// Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the +// AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. +// +// // Create a session to share configuration, and load external configuration. +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// +// // Create the service's client with the session. +// svc := sts.New(sess) +// +// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use service clients. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ +// +// See aws package's Config type for more information on configuration options. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config +// +// See the AWS Security Token Service client STS for more +// information on creating the service's client. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/sts/#New +// +// Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. +// Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response +// and an error. +// +// The API method will document which error codes the service can be returned +// by the operation if the service models the API operation's errors. These +// errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode". +// +// result, err := svc.AssumeRole(params) +// if err != nil { +// // Cast err to awserr.Error to handle specific error codes. +// aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error) +// if ok && aerr.Code() == { +// // Specific error code handling +// } +// return err +// } +// +// fmt.Println("AssumeRole result:") +// fmt.Println(result) +// +// Using the Client with Context +// +// The service's client also provides methods to make API requests with a Context +// value. This allows you to control the timeout, and cancellation of pending +// requests. These methods also take request Option as variadic parameter to apply +// additional configuration to the API request. +// +// ctx := context.Background() +// +// result, err := svc.AssumeRoleWithContext(ctx, params) +// +// See the request package documentation for more information on using Context pattern +// with the SDK. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/request/ +package sts diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e24884e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package sts + +const ( + + // ErrCodeExpiredTokenException for service response error code + // "ExpiredTokenException". + // + // The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a + // new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. + ErrCodeExpiredTokenException = "ExpiredTokenException" + + // ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException for service response error code + // "IDPCommunicationError". + // + // The request could not be fulfilled because the non-AWS identity provider + // (IDP) that was asked to verify the incoming identity token could not be reached. + // This is often a transient error caused by network conditions. Retry the request + // a limited number of times so that you don't exceed the request rate. If the + // error persists, the non-AWS identity provider might be down or not responding. + ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException = "IDPCommunicationError" + + // ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException for service response error code + // "IDPRejectedClaim". + // + // The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might + // be because the claim is invalid. + // + // If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it + // can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked. + ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException = "IDPRejectedClaim" + + // ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException for service response error code + // "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException". + // + // The error returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage was + // invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such as + // linebreaks. + ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException = "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException" + + // ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException for service response error code + // "InvalidIdentityToken". + // + // The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get + // a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. + ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException = "InvalidIdentityToken" + + // ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException for service response error code + // "MalformedPolicyDocument". + // + // The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error + // message describes the specific error. + ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException = "MalformedPolicyDocument" + + // ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException for service response error code + // "PackedPolicyTooLarge". + // + // The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error + // message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage + // of what the API allows. + ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException = "PackedPolicyTooLarge" + + // ErrCodeRegionDisabledException for service response error code + // "RegionDisabledException". + // + // STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being + // asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM + // console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating + // and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + ErrCodeRegionDisabledException = "RegionDisabledException" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ee5839 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package sts + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query" +) + +// STS provides the API operation methods for making requests to +// AWS Security Token Service. See this package's package overview docs +// for details on the service. +// +// STS methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to +// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though. +type STS struct { + *client.Client +} + +// Used for custom client initialization logic +var initClient func(*client.Client) + +// Used for custom request initialization logic +var initRequest func(*request.Request) + +// Service information constants +const ( + ServiceName = "sts" // Service endpoint prefix API calls made to. + EndpointsID = ServiceName // Service ID for Regions and Endpoints metadata. +) + +// New creates a new instance of the STS client with a session. +// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional +// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. +// +// Example: +// // Create a STS client from just a session. +// svc := sts.New(mySession) +// +// // Create a STS client with additional configuration +// svc := sts.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) +func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *STS { + c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) +} + +// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *STS { + svc := &STS{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: ServiceName, + SigningName: signingName, + SigningRegion: signingRegion, + Endpoint: endpoint, + APIVersion: "2011-06-15", + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + // Handlers + svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler) + svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(query.BuildHandler) + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(query.UnmarshalHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(query.UnmarshalMetaHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed(query.UnmarshalErrorHandler) + + // Run custom client initialization if present + if initClient != nil { + initClient(svc.Client) + } + + return svc +} + +// newRequest creates a new request for a STS operation and runs any +// custom request initialization. +func (c *STS) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request { + req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data) + + // Run custom request initialization if present + if initRequest != nil { + initRequest(req) + } + + return req +} -- cgit v1.2.3